mirror of https://github.com/FFmpeg/FFmpeg.git
You can not select more than 25 topics
Topics must start with a letter or number, can include dashes ('-') and can be up to 35 characters long.
10342 lines
279 KiB
10342 lines
279 KiB
@chapter Filtering Introduction |
|
@c man begin FILTERING INTRODUCTION |
|
|
|
Filtering in FFmpeg is enabled through the libavfilter library. |
|
|
|
In libavfilter, a filter can have multiple inputs and multiple |
|
outputs. |
|
To illustrate the sorts of things that are possible, we consider the |
|
following filtergraph. |
|
|
|
@example |
|
[main] |
|
input --> split ---------------------> overlay --> output |
|
| ^ |
|
|[tmp] [flip]| |
|
+-----> crop --> vflip -------+ |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
This filtergraph splits the input stream in two streams, sends one |
|
stream through the crop filter and the vflip filter before merging it |
|
back with the other stream by overlaying it on top. You can use the |
|
following command to achieve this: |
|
|
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf "split [main][tmp]; [tmp] crop=iw:ih/2:0:0, vflip [flip]; [main][flip] overlay=0:H/2" OUTPUT |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The result will be that in output the top half of the video is mirrored |
|
onto the bottom half. |
|
|
|
Filters in the same linear chain are separated by commas, and distinct |
|
linear chains of filters are separated by semicolons. In our example, |
|
@var{crop,vflip} are in one linear chain, @var{split} and |
|
@var{overlay} are separately in another. The points where the linear |
|
chains join are labelled by names enclosed in square brackets. In the |
|
example, the split filter generates two outputs that are associated to |
|
the labels @var{[main]} and @var{[tmp]}. |
|
|
|
The stream sent to the second output of @var{split}, labelled as |
|
@var{[tmp]}, is processed through the @var{crop} filter, which crops |
|
away the lower half part of the video, and then vertically flipped. The |
|
@var{overlay} filter takes in input the first unchanged output of the |
|
split filter (which was labelled as @var{[main]}), and overlay on its |
|
lower half the output generated by the @var{crop,vflip} filterchain. |
|
|
|
Some filters take in input a list of parameters: they are specified |
|
after the filter name and an equal sign, and are separated from each other |
|
by a colon. |
|
|
|
There exist so-called @var{source filters} that do not have an |
|
audio/video input, and @var{sink filters} that will not have audio/video |
|
output. |
|
|
|
@c man end FILTERING INTRODUCTION |
|
|
|
@chapter graph2dot |
|
@c man begin GRAPH2DOT |
|
|
|
The @file{graph2dot} program included in the FFmpeg @file{tools} |
|
directory can be used to parse a filtergraph description and issue a |
|
corresponding textual representation in the dot language. |
|
|
|
Invoke the command: |
|
@example |
|
graph2dot -h |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
to see how to use @file{graph2dot}. |
|
|
|
You can then pass the dot description to the @file{dot} program (from |
|
the graphviz suite of programs) and obtain a graphical representation |
|
of the filtergraph. |
|
|
|
For example the sequence of commands: |
|
@example |
|
echo @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} | \ |
|
tools/graph2dot -o graph.tmp && \ |
|
dot -Tpng graph.tmp -o graph.png && \ |
|
display graph.png |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
can be used to create and display an image representing the graph |
|
described by the @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} string. Note that this string must be |
|
a complete self-contained graph, with its inputs and outputs explicitly defined. |
|
For example if your command line is of the form: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i infile -vf scale=640:360 outfile |
|
@end example |
|
your @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} string will need to be of the form: |
|
@example |
|
nullsrc,scale=640:360,nullsink |
|
@end example |
|
you may also need to set the @var{nullsrc} parameters and add a @var{format} |
|
filter in order to simulate a specific input file. |
|
|
|
@c man end GRAPH2DOT |
|
|
|
@chapter Filtergraph description |
|
@c man begin FILTERGRAPH DESCRIPTION |
|
|
|
A filtergraph is a directed graph of connected filters. It can contain |
|
cycles, and there can be multiple links between a pair of |
|
filters. Each link has one input pad on one side connecting it to one |
|
filter from which it takes its input, and one output pad on the other |
|
side connecting it to the one filter accepting its output. |
|
|
|
Each filter in a filtergraph is an instance of a filter class |
|
registered in the application, which defines the features and the |
|
number of input and output pads of the filter. |
|
|
|
A filter with no input pads is called a "source", a filter with no |
|
output pads is called a "sink". |
|
|
|
@anchor{Filtergraph syntax} |
|
@section Filtergraph syntax |
|
|
|
A filtergraph can be represented using a textual representation, which is |
|
recognized by the @option{-filter}/@option{-vf} and @option{-filter_complex} |
|
options in @command{ffmpeg} and @option{-vf} in @command{ffplay}, and by the |
|
@code{avfilter_graph_parse()}/@code{avfilter_graph_parse2()} function defined in |
|
@file{libavfilter/avfilter.h}. |
|
|
|
A filterchain consists of a sequence of connected filters, each one |
|
connected to the previous one in the sequence. A filterchain is |
|
represented by a list of ","-separated filter descriptions. |
|
|
|
A filtergraph consists of a sequence of filterchains. A sequence of |
|
filterchains is represented by a list of ";"-separated filterchain |
|
descriptions. |
|
|
|
A filter is represented by a string of the form: |
|
[@var{in_link_1}]...[@var{in_link_N}]@var{filter_name}=@var{arguments}[@var{out_link_1}]...[@var{out_link_M}] |
|
|
|
@var{filter_name} is the name of the filter class of which the |
|
described filter is an instance of, and has to be the name of one of |
|
the filter classes registered in the program. |
|
The name of the filter class is optionally followed by a string |
|
"=@var{arguments}". |
|
|
|
@var{arguments} is a string which contains the parameters used to |
|
initialize the filter instance. It may have one of the following forms: |
|
@itemize |
|
|
|
@item |
|
A ':'-separated list of @var{key=value} pairs. |
|
|
|
@item |
|
A ':'-separated list of @var{value}. In this case, the keys are assumed to be |
|
the option names in the order they are declared. E.g. the @code{fade} filter |
|
declares three options in this order -- @option{type}, @option{start_frame} and |
|
@option{nb_frames}. Then the parameter list @var{in:0:30} means that the value |
|
@var{in} is assigned to the option @option{type}, @var{0} to |
|
@option{start_frame} and @var{30} to @option{nb_frames}. |
|
|
|
@item |
|
A ':'-separated list of mixed direct @var{value} and long @var{key=value} |
|
pairs. The direct @var{value} must precede the @var{key=value} pairs, and |
|
follow the same constraints order of the previous point. The following |
|
@var{key=value} pairs can be set in any preferred order. |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
If the option value itself is a list of items (e.g. the @code{format} filter |
|
takes a list of pixel formats), the items in the list are usually separated by |
|
'|'. |
|
|
|
The list of arguments can be quoted using the character "'" as initial |
|
and ending mark, and the character '\' for escaping the characters |
|
within the quoted text; otherwise the argument string is considered |
|
terminated when the next special character (belonging to the set |
|
"[]=;,") is encountered. |
|
|
|
The name and arguments of the filter are optionally preceded and |
|
followed by a list of link labels. |
|
A link label allows to name a link and associate it to a filter output |
|
or input pad. The preceding labels @var{in_link_1} |
|
... @var{in_link_N}, are associated to the filter input pads, |
|
the following labels @var{out_link_1} ... @var{out_link_M}, are |
|
associated to the output pads. |
|
|
|
When two link labels with the same name are found in the |
|
filtergraph, a link between the corresponding input and output pad is |
|
created. |
|
|
|
If an output pad is not labelled, it is linked by default to the first |
|
unlabelled input pad of the next filter in the filterchain. |
|
For example in the filterchain: |
|
@example |
|
nullsrc, split[L1], [L2]overlay, nullsink |
|
@end example |
|
the split filter instance has two output pads, and the overlay filter |
|
instance two input pads. The first output pad of split is labelled |
|
"L1", the first input pad of overlay is labelled "L2", and the second |
|
output pad of split is linked to the second input pad of overlay, |
|
which are both unlabelled. |
|
|
|
In a complete filterchain all the unlabelled filter input and output |
|
pads must be connected. A filtergraph is considered valid if all the |
|
filter input and output pads of all the filterchains are connected. |
|
|
|
Libavfilter will automatically insert @ref{scale} filters where format |
|
conversion is required. It is possible to specify swscale flags |
|
for those automatically inserted scalers by prepending |
|
@code{sws_flags=@var{flags};} |
|
to the filtergraph description. |
|
|
|
Follows a BNF description for the filtergraph syntax: |
|
@example |
|
@var{NAME} ::= sequence of alphanumeric characters and '_' |
|
@var{LINKLABEL} ::= "[" @var{NAME} "]" |
|
@var{LINKLABELS} ::= @var{LINKLABEL} [@var{LINKLABELS}] |
|
@var{FILTER_ARGUMENTS} ::= sequence of chars (eventually quoted) |
|
@var{FILTER} ::= [@var{LINKLABELS}] @var{NAME} ["=" @var{FILTER_ARGUMENTS}] [@var{LINKLABELS}] |
|
@var{FILTERCHAIN} ::= @var{FILTER} [,@var{FILTERCHAIN}] |
|
@var{FILTERGRAPH} ::= [sws_flags=@var{flags};] @var{FILTERCHAIN} [;@var{FILTERGRAPH}] |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section Notes on filtergraph escaping |
|
|
|
Filtergraph description composition entails several levels of |
|
escaping. See @ref{quoting_and_escaping,,the "Quoting and escaping" |
|
section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils} for more |
|
information about the employed escaping procedure. |
|
|
|
A first level escaping affects the content of each filter option |
|
value, which may contain the special character @code{:} used to |
|
separate values, or one of the escaping characters @code{\'}. |
|
|
|
A second level escaping affects the whole filter description, which |
|
may contain the escaping characters @code{\'} or the special |
|
characters @code{[],;} used by the filtergraph description. |
|
|
|
Finally, when you specify a filtergraph on a shell commandline, you |
|
need to perform a third level escaping for the shell special |
|
characters contained within it. |
|
|
|
For example, consider the following string to be embedded in |
|
the @ref{drawtext} filter description @option{text} value: |
|
@example |
|
this is a 'string': may contain one, or more, special characters |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
This string contains the @code{'} special escaping character, and the |
|
@code{:} special character, so it needs to be escaped in this way: |
|
@example |
|
text=this is a \'string\'\: may contain one, or more, special characters |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
A second level of escaping is required when embedding the filter |
|
description in a filtergraph description, in order to escape all the |
|
filtergraph special characters. Thus the example above becomes: |
|
@example |
|
drawtext=text=this is a \\\'string\\\'\\: may contain one\, or more\, special characters |
|
@end example |
|
(note that in addition to the @code{\'} escaping special characters, |
|
also @code{,} needs to be escaped). |
|
|
|
Finally an additional level of escaping is needed when writing the |
|
filtergraph description in a shell command, which depends on the |
|
escaping rules of the adopted shell. For example, assuming that |
|
@code{\} is special and needs to be escaped with another @code{\}, the |
|
previous string will finally result in: |
|
@example |
|
-vf "drawtext=text=this is a \\\\\\'string\\\\\\'\\\\: may contain one\\, or more\\, special characters" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@chapter Timeline editing |
|
|
|
Some filters support a generic @option{enable} option. For the filters |
|
supporting timeline editing, this option can be set to an expression which is |
|
evaluated before sending a frame to the filter. If the evaluation is non-zero, |
|
the filter will be enabled, otherwise the frame will be sent unchanged to the |
|
next filter in the filtergraph. |
|
|
|
The expression accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item t |
|
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown |
|
|
|
@item n |
|
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0 |
|
|
|
@item pos |
|
the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Additionally, these filters support an @option{enable} command that can be used |
|
to re-define the expression. |
|
|
|
Like any other filtering option, the @option{enable} option follows the same |
|
rules. |
|
|
|
For example, to enable a blur filter (@ref{smartblur}) from 10 seconds to 3 |
|
minutes, and a @ref{curves} filter starting at 3 seconds: |
|
@example |
|
smartblur = enable='between(t,10,3*60)', |
|
curves = enable='gte(t,3)' : preset=cross_process |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@c man end FILTERGRAPH DESCRIPTION |
|
|
|
@chapter Audio Filters |
|
@c man begin AUDIO FILTERS |
|
|
|
When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the |
|
existing filters using @code{--disable-filters}. |
|
The configure output will show the audio filters included in your |
|
build. |
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available audio filters. |
|
|
|
@section aconvert |
|
|
|
Convert the input audio format to the specified formats. |
|
|
|
@emph{This filter is deprecated. Use @ref{aformat} instead.} |
|
|
|
The filter accepts a string of the form: |
|
"@var{sample_format}:@var{channel_layout}". |
|
|
|
@var{sample_format} specifies the sample format, and can be a string or the |
|
corresponding numeric value defined in @file{libavutil/samplefmt.h}. Use 'p' |
|
suffix for a planar sample format. |
|
|
|
@var{channel_layout} specifies the channel layout, and can be a string |
|
or the corresponding number value defined in @file{libavutil/channel_layout.h}. |
|
|
|
The special parameter "auto", signifies that the filter will |
|
automatically select the output format depending on the output filter. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Convert input to float, planar, stereo: |
|
@example |
|
aconvert=fltp:stereo |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Convert input to unsigned 8-bit, automatically select out channel layout: |
|
@example |
|
aconvert=u8:auto |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section adelay |
|
|
|
Delay one or more audio channels. |
|
|
|
Samples in delayed channel are filled with silence. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following option: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item delays |
|
Set list of delays in milliseconds for each channel separated by '|'. |
|
At least one delay greater than 0 should be provided. |
|
Unused delays will be silently ignored. If number of given delays is |
|
smaller than number of channels all remaining channels will not be delayed. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Delay first channel by 1.5 seconds, the third channel by 0.5 seconds and leave |
|
the second channel (and any other channels that may be present) unchanged. |
|
@example |
|
adelay=1500|0|500 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section aecho |
|
|
|
Apply echoing to the input audio. |
|
|
|
Echoes are reflected sound and can occur naturally amongst mountains |
|
(and sometimes large buildings) when talking or shouting; digital echo |
|
effects emulate this behaviour and are often used to help fill out the |
|
sound of a single instrument or vocal. The time difference between the |
|
original signal and the reflection is the @code{delay}, and the |
|
loudness of the reflected signal is the @code{decay}. |
|
Multiple echoes can have different delays and decays. |
|
|
|
A description of the accepted parameters follows. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item in_gain |
|
Set input gain of reflected signal. Default is @code{0.6}. |
|
|
|
@item out_gain |
|
Set output gain of reflected signal. Default is @code{0.3}. |
|
|
|
@item delays |
|
Set list of time intervals in milliseconds between original signal and reflections |
|
separated by '|'. Allowed range for each @code{delay} is @code{(0 - 90000.0]}. |
|
Default is @code{1000}. |
|
|
|
@item decays |
|
Set list of loudnesses of reflected signals separated by '|'. |
|
Allowed range for each @code{decay} is @code{(0 - 1.0]}. |
|
Default is @code{0.5}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Make it sound as if there are twice as many instruments as are actually playing: |
|
@example |
|
aecho=0.8:0.88:60:0.4 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
If delay is very short, then it sound like a (metallic) robot playing music: |
|
@example |
|
aecho=0.8:0.88:6:0.4 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
A longer delay will sound like an open air concert in the mountains: |
|
@example |
|
aecho=0.8:0.9:1000:0.3 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Same as above but with one more mountain: |
|
@example |
|
aecho=0.8:0.9:1000|1800:0.3|0.25 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section aeval |
|
|
|
Modify an audio signal according to the specified expressions. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts one or more expressions (one for each channel), |
|
which are evaluated and used to modify a corresponding audio signal. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item exprs |
|
Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. If |
|
the number of input channels is greater than the number of |
|
expressions, the last specified expression is used for the remaining |
|
output channels. |
|
|
|
@item channel_layout, c |
|
Set output channel layout. If not specified, the channel layout is |
|
specified by the number of expressions. If set to @samp{same}, it will |
|
use by default the same input channel layout. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Each expression in @var{exprs} can contain the following constants and functions: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item ch |
|
channel number of the current expression |
|
|
|
@item n |
|
number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0 |
|
|
|
@item s |
|
sample rate |
|
|
|
@item t |
|
time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds |
|
|
|
@item nb_in_channels |
|
@item nb_out_channels |
|
input and output number of channels |
|
|
|
@item val(CH) |
|
the value of input channel with number @var{CH} |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Note: this filter is slow. For faster processing you should use a |
|
dedicated filter. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Half volume: |
|
@example |
|
aeval=val(ch)/2:c=same |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Invert phase of the second channel: |
|
@example |
|
eval=val(0)|-val(1) |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section afade |
|
|
|
Apply fade-in/out effect to input audio. |
|
|
|
A description of the accepted parameters follows. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item type, t |
|
Specify the effect type, can be either @code{in} for fade-in, or |
|
@code{out} for a fade-out effect. Default is @code{in}. |
|
|
|
@item start_sample, ss |
|
Specify the number of the start sample for starting to apply the fade |
|
effect. Default is 0. |
|
|
|
@item nb_samples, ns |
|
Specify the number of samples for which the fade effect has to last. At |
|
the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same |
|
volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition |
|
the output audio will be silence. Default is 44100. |
|
|
|
@item start_time, st |
|
Specify time for starting to apply the fade effect. Default is 0. |
|
The accepted syntax is: |
|
@example |
|
[-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]] |
|
[-]S+[.m...] |
|
@end example |
|
See also the function @code{av_parse_time()}. |
|
If set this option is used instead of @var{start_sample} one. |
|
|
|
@item duration, d |
|
Specify the duration for which the fade effect has to last. Default is 0. |
|
The accepted syntax is: |
|
@example |
|
[-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]] |
|
[-]S+[.m...] |
|
@end example |
|
See also the function @code{av_parse_time()}. |
|
At the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same |
|
volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition |
|
the output audio will be silence. |
|
If set this option is used instead of @var{nb_samples} one. |
|
|
|
@item curve |
|
Set curve for fade transition. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item tri |
|
select triangular, linear slope (default) |
|
@item qsin |
|
select quarter of sine wave |
|
@item hsin |
|
select half of sine wave |
|
@item esin |
|
select exponential sine wave |
|
@item log |
|
select logarithmic |
|
@item par |
|
select inverted parabola |
|
@item qua |
|
select quadratic |
|
@item cub |
|
select cubic |
|
@item squ |
|
select square root |
|
@item cbr |
|
select cubic root |
|
@end table |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Fade in first 15 seconds of audio: |
|
@example |
|
afade=t=in:ss=0:d=15 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Fade out last 25 seconds of a 900 seconds audio: |
|
@example |
|
afade=t=out:st=875:d=25 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@anchor{aformat} |
|
@section aformat |
|
|
|
Set output format constraints for the input audio. The framework will |
|
negotiate the most appropriate format to minimize conversions. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following named parameters: |
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item sample_fmts |
|
A '|'-separated list of requested sample formats. |
|
|
|
@item sample_rates |
|
A '|'-separated list of requested sample rates. |
|
|
|
@item channel_layouts |
|
A '|'-separated list of requested channel layouts. |
|
|
|
See @ref{channel layout syntax,,the Channel Layout section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils} |
|
for the required syntax. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
If a parameter is omitted, all values are allowed. |
|
|
|
For example to force the output to either unsigned 8-bit or signed 16-bit stereo: |
|
@example |
|
aformat=sample_fmts=u8|s16:channel_layouts=stereo |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section allpass |
|
|
|
Apply a two-pole all-pass filter with central frequency (in Hz) |
|
@var{frequency}, and filter-width @var{width}. |
|
An all-pass filter changes the audio's frequency to phase relationship |
|
without changing its frequency to amplitude relationship. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item frequency, f |
|
Set frequency in Hz. |
|
|
|
@item width_type |
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter. |
|
@table @option |
|
@item h |
|
Hz |
|
@item q |
|
Q-Factor |
|
@item o |
|
octave |
|
@item s |
|
slope |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item width, w |
|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section amerge |
|
|
|
Merge two or more audio streams into a single multi-channel stream. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item inputs |
|
Set the number of inputs. Default is 2. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
If the channel layouts of the inputs are disjoint, and therefore compatible, |
|
the channel layout of the output will be set accordingly and the channels |
|
will be reordered as necessary. If the channel layouts of the inputs are not |
|
disjoint, the output will have all the channels of the first input then all |
|
the channels of the second input, in that order, and the channel layout of |
|
the output will be the default value corresponding to the total number of |
|
channels. |
|
|
|
For example, if the first input is in 2.1 (FL+FR+LF) and the second input |
|
is FC+BL+BR, then the output will be in 5.1, with the channels in the |
|
following order: a1, a2, b1, a3, b2, b3 (a1 is the first channel of the |
|
first input, b1 is the first channel of the second input). |
|
|
|
On the other hand, if both input are in stereo, the output channels will be |
|
in the default order: a1, a2, b1, b2, and the channel layout will be |
|
arbitrarily set to 4.0, which may or may not be the expected value. |
|
|
|
All inputs must have the same sample rate, and format. |
|
|
|
If inputs do not have the same duration, the output will stop with the |
|
shortest. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Merge two mono files into a stereo stream: |
|
@example |
|
amovie=left.wav [l] ; amovie=right.mp3 [r] ; [l] [r] amerge |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Multiple merges assuming 1 video stream and 6 audio streams in @file{input.mkv}: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i input.mkv -filter_complex "[0:1][0:2][0:3][0:4][0:5][0:6] amerge=inputs=6" -c:a pcm_s16le output.mkv |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section amix |
|
|
|
Mixes multiple audio inputs into a single output. |
|
|
|
For example |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex amix=inputs=3:duration=first:dropout_transition=3 OUTPUT |
|
@end example |
|
will mix 3 input audio streams to a single output with the same duration as the |
|
first input and a dropout transition time of 3 seconds. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following named parameters: |
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item inputs |
|
Number of inputs. If unspecified, it defaults to 2. |
|
|
|
@item duration |
|
How to determine the end-of-stream. |
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item longest |
|
Duration of longest input. (default) |
|
|
|
@item shortest |
|
Duration of shortest input. |
|
|
|
@item first |
|
Duration of first input. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item dropout_transition |
|
Transition time, in seconds, for volume renormalization when an input |
|
stream ends. The default value is 2 seconds. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section anull |
|
|
|
Pass the audio source unchanged to the output. |
|
|
|
@section apad |
|
|
|
Pad the end of a audio stream with silence, this can be used together with |
|
-shortest to extend audio streams to the same length as the video stream. |
|
|
|
@section aphaser |
|
Add a phasing effect to the input audio. |
|
|
|
A phaser filter creates series of peaks and troughs in the frequency spectrum. |
|
The position of the peaks and troughs are modulated so that they vary over time, creating a sweeping effect. |
|
|
|
A description of the accepted parameters follows. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item in_gain |
|
Set input gain. Default is 0.4. |
|
|
|
@item out_gain |
|
Set output gain. Default is 0.74 |
|
|
|
@item delay |
|
Set delay in milliseconds. Default is 3.0. |
|
|
|
@item decay |
|
Set decay. Default is 0.4. |
|
|
|
@item speed |
|
Set modulation speed in Hz. Default is 0.5. |
|
|
|
@item type |
|
Set modulation type. Default is triangular. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item triangular, t |
|
@item sinusoidal, s |
|
@end table |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@anchor{aresample} |
|
@section aresample |
|
|
|
Resample the input audio to the specified parameters, using the |
|
libswresample library. If none are specified then the filter will |
|
automatically convert between its input and output. |
|
|
|
This filter is also able to stretch/squeeze the audio data to make it match |
|
the timestamps or to inject silence / cut out audio to make it match the |
|
timestamps, do a combination of both or do neither. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the syntax |
|
[@var{sample_rate}:]@var{resampler_options}, where @var{sample_rate} |
|
expresses a sample rate and @var{resampler_options} is a list of |
|
@var{key}=@var{value} pairs, separated by ":". See the |
|
ffmpeg-resampler manual for the complete list of supported options. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Resample the input audio to 44100Hz: |
|
@example |
|
aresample=44100 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Stretch/squeeze samples to the given timestamps, with a maximum of 1000 |
|
samples per second compensation: |
|
@example |
|
aresample=async=1000 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section asetnsamples |
|
|
|
Set the number of samples per each output audio frame. |
|
|
|
The last output packet may contain a different number of samples, as |
|
the filter will flush all the remaining samples when the input audio |
|
signal its end. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item nb_out_samples, n |
|
Set the number of frames per each output audio frame. The number is |
|
intended as the number of samples @emph{per each channel}. |
|
Default value is 1024. |
|
|
|
@item pad, p |
|
If set to 1, the filter will pad the last audio frame with zeroes, so |
|
that the last frame will contain the same number of samples as the |
|
previous ones. Default value is 1. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
For example, to set the number of per-frame samples to 1234 and |
|
disable padding for the last frame, use: |
|
@example |
|
asetnsamples=n=1234:p=0 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section asetrate |
|
|
|
Set the sample rate without altering the PCM data. |
|
This will result in a change of speed and pitch. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item sample_rate, r |
|
Set the output sample rate. Default is 44100 Hz. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section ashowinfo |
|
|
|
Show a line containing various information for each input audio frame. |
|
The input audio is not modified. |
|
|
|
The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form |
|
@var{key}:@var{value}. |
|
|
|
A description of each shown parameter follows: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item n |
|
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0 |
|
|
|
@item pts |
|
Presentation timestamp of the input frame, in time base units; the time base |
|
depends on the filter input pad, and is usually 1/@var{sample_rate}. |
|
|
|
@item pts_time |
|
presentation timestamp of the input frame in seconds |
|
|
|
@item pos |
|
position of the frame in the input stream, -1 if this information in |
|
unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic audio) |
|
|
|
@item fmt |
|
sample format |
|
|
|
@item chlayout |
|
channel layout |
|
|
|
@item rate |
|
sample rate for the audio frame |
|
|
|
@item nb_samples |
|
number of samples (per channel) in the frame |
|
|
|
@item checksum |
|
Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of the audio data. For planar audio |
|
the data is treated as if all the planes were concatenated. |
|
|
|
@item plane_checksums |
|
A list of Adler-32 checksums for each data plane. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section astats |
|
|
|
Display time domain statistical information about the audio channels. |
|
Statistics are calculated and displayed for each audio channel and, |
|
where applicable, an overall figure is also given. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following option: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item length |
|
Short window length in seconds, used for peak and trough RMS measurement. |
|
Default is @code{0.05} (50 miliseconds). Allowed range is @code{[0.1 - 10]}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
A description of each shown parameter follows: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item DC offset |
|
Mean amplitude displacement from zero. |
|
|
|
@item Min level |
|
Minimal sample level. |
|
|
|
@item Max level |
|
Maximal sample level. |
|
|
|
@item Peak level dB |
|
@item RMS level dB |
|
Standard peak and RMS level measured in dBFS. |
|
|
|
@item RMS peak dB |
|
@item RMS trough dB |
|
Peak and trough values for RMS level measured over a short window. |
|
|
|
@item Crest factor |
|
Standard ratio of peak to RMS level (note: not in dB). |
|
|
|
@item Flat factor |
|
Flatness (i.e. consecutive samples with the same value) of the signal at its peak levels |
|
(i.e. either @var{Min level} or @var{Max level}). |
|
|
|
@item Peak count |
|
Number of occasions (not the number of samples) that the signal attained either |
|
@var{Min level} or @var{Max level}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section astreamsync |
|
|
|
Forward two audio streams and control the order the buffers are forwarded. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item expr, e |
|
Set the expression deciding which stream should be |
|
forwarded next: if the result is negative, the first stream is forwarded; if |
|
the result is positive or zero, the second stream is forwarded. It can use |
|
the following variables: |
|
|
|
@table @var |
|
@item b1 b2 |
|
number of buffers forwarded so far on each stream |
|
@item s1 s2 |
|
number of samples forwarded so far on each stream |
|
@item t1 t2 |
|
current timestamp of each stream |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The default value is @code{t1-t2}, which means to always forward the stream |
|
that has a smaller timestamp. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
Stress-test @code{amerge} by randomly sending buffers on the wrong |
|
input, while avoiding too much of a desynchronization: |
|
@example |
|
amovie=file.ogg [a] ; amovie=file.mp3 [b] ; |
|
[a] [b] astreamsync=(2*random(1))-1+tanh(5*(t1-t2)) [a2] [b2] ; |
|
[a2] [b2] amerge |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section asyncts |
|
|
|
Synchronize audio data with timestamps by squeezing/stretching it and/or |
|
dropping samples/adding silence when needed. |
|
|
|
This filter is not built by default, please use @ref{aresample} to do squeezing/stretching. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following named parameters: |
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item compensate |
|
Enable stretching/squeezing the data to make it match the timestamps. Disabled |
|
by default. When disabled, time gaps are covered with silence. |
|
|
|
@item min_delta |
|
Minimum difference between timestamps and audio data (in seconds) to trigger |
|
adding/dropping samples. Default value is 0.1. If you get non-perfect sync with |
|
this filter, try setting this parameter to 0. |
|
|
|
@item max_comp |
|
Maximum compensation in samples per second. Relevant only with compensate=1. |
|
Default value 500. |
|
|
|
@item first_pts |
|
Assume the first pts should be this value. The time base is 1 / sample rate. |
|
This allows for padding/trimming at the start of stream. By default, no |
|
assumption is made about the first frame's expected pts, so no padding or |
|
trimming is done. For example, this could be set to 0 to pad the beginning with |
|
silence if an audio stream starts after the video stream or to trim any samples |
|
with a negative pts due to encoder delay. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section atempo |
|
|
|
Adjust audio tempo. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts exactly one parameter, the audio tempo. If not |
|
specified then the filter will assume nominal 1.0 tempo. Tempo must |
|
be in the [0.5, 2.0] range. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Slow down audio to 80% tempo: |
|
@example |
|
atempo=0.8 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
To speed up audio to 125% tempo: |
|
@example |
|
atempo=1.25 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section atrim |
|
|
|
Trim the input so that the output contains one continuous subpart of the input. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item start |
|
Specify time of the start of the kept section, i.e. the audio sample |
|
with the timestamp @var{start} will be the first sample in the output. |
|
|
|
@item end |
|
Specify time of the first audio sample that will be dropped, i.e. the |
|
audio sample immediately preceding the one with the timestamp @var{end} will be |
|
the last sample in the output. |
|
|
|
@item start_pts |
|
Same as @var{start}, except this option sets the start timestamp in samples |
|
instead of seconds. |
|
|
|
@item end_pts |
|
Same as @var{end}, except this option sets the end timestamp in samples instead |
|
of seconds. |
|
|
|
@item duration |
|
Specify maximum duration of the output. |
|
|
|
@item start_sample |
|
Number of the first sample that should be passed to output. |
|
|
|
@item end_sample |
|
Number of the first sample that should be dropped. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@option{start}, @option{end}, @option{duration} are expressed as time |
|
duration specifications, check the "Time duration" section in the |
|
ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
|
|
Note that the first two sets of the start/end options and the @option{duration} |
|
option look at the frame timestamp, while the _sample options simply count the |
|
samples that pass through the filter. So start/end_pts and start/end_sample will |
|
give different results when the timestamps are wrong, inexact or do not start at |
|
zero. Also note that this filter does not modify the timestamps. If you wish |
|
that the output timestamps start at zero, insert the asetpts filter after the |
|
atrim filter. |
|
|
|
If multiple start or end options are set, this filter tries to be greedy and |
|
keep all samples that match at least one of the specified constraints. To keep |
|
only the part that matches all the constraints at once, chain multiple atrim |
|
filters. |
|
|
|
The defaults are such that all the input is kept. So it is possible to set e.g. |
|
just the end values to keep everything before the specified time. |
|
|
|
Examples: |
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
drop everything except the second minute of input |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -af atrim=60:120 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
keep only the first 1000 samples |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -af atrim=end_sample=1000 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section bandpass |
|
|
|
Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-pass filter with central |
|
frequency @var{frequency}, and (3dB-point) band-width width. |
|
The @var{csg} option selects a constant skirt gain (peak gain = Q) |
|
instead of the default: constant 0dB peak gain. |
|
The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade). |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item frequency, f |
|
Set the filter's central frequency. Default is @code{3000}. |
|
|
|
@item csg |
|
Constant skirt gain if set to 1. Defaults to 0. |
|
|
|
@item width_type |
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter. |
|
@table @option |
|
@item h |
|
Hz |
|
@item q |
|
Q-Factor |
|
@item o |
|
octave |
|
@item s |
|
slope |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item width, w |
|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section bandreject |
|
|
|
Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-reject filter with central |
|
frequency @var{frequency}, and (3dB-point) band-width @var{width}. |
|
The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade). |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item frequency, f |
|
Set the filter's central frequency. Default is @code{3000}. |
|
|
|
@item width_type |
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter. |
|
@table @option |
|
@item h |
|
Hz |
|
@item q |
|
Q-Factor |
|
@item o |
|
octave |
|
@item s |
|
slope |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item width, w |
|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section bass |
|
|
|
Boost or cut the bass (lower) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole |
|
shelving filter with a response similar to that of a standard |
|
hi-fi's tone-controls. This is also known as shelving equalisation (EQ). |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item gain, g |
|
Give the gain at 0 Hz. Its useful range is about -20 |
|
(for a large cut) to +20 (for a large boost). |
|
Beware of clipping when using a positive gain. |
|
|
|
@item frequency, f |
|
Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used |
|
to extend or reduce the frequency range to be boosted or cut. |
|
The default value is @code{100} Hz. |
|
|
|
@item width_type |
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter. |
|
@table @option |
|
@item h |
|
Hz |
|
@item q |
|
Q-Factor |
|
@item o |
|
octave |
|
@item s |
|
slope |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item width, w |
|
Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section biquad |
|
|
|
Apply a biquad IIR filter with the given coefficients. |
|
Where @var{b0}, @var{b1}, @var{b2} and @var{a0}, @var{a1}, @var{a2} |
|
are the numerator and denominator coefficients respectively. |
|
|
|
@section channelmap |
|
|
|
Remap input channels to new locations. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following named parameters: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item channel_layout |
|
Channel layout of the output stream. |
|
|
|
@item map |
|
Map channels from input to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of |
|
mappings, each in the @code{@var{in_channel}-@var{out_channel}} or |
|
@var{in_channel} form. @var{in_channel} can be either the name of the input |
|
channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its index in the input channel layout. |
|
@var{out_channel} is the name of the output channel or its index in the output |
|
channel layout. If @var{out_channel} is not given then it is implicitly an |
|
index, starting with zero and increasing by one for each mapping. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
If no mapping is present, the filter will implicitly map input channels to |
|
output channels preserving index. |
|
|
|
For example, assuming a 5.1+downmix input MOV file |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i in.mov -filter 'channelmap=map=DL-FL|DR-FR' out.wav |
|
@end example |
|
will create an output WAV file tagged as stereo from the downmix channels of |
|
the input. |
|
|
|
To fix a 5.1 WAV improperly encoded in AAC's native channel order |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter 'channelmap=1|2|0|5|3|4:channel_layout=5.1' out.wav |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section channelsplit |
|
|
|
Split each channel in input audio stream into a separate output stream. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following named parameters: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item channel_layout |
|
Channel layout of the input stream. Default is "stereo". |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
For example, assuming a stereo input MP3 file |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i in.mp3 -filter_complex channelsplit out.mkv |
|
@end example |
|
will create an output Matroska file with two audio streams, one containing only |
|
the left channel and the other the right channel. |
|
|
|
To split a 5.1 WAV file into per-channel files |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter_complex |
|
'channelsplit=channel_layout=5.1[FL][FR][FC][LFE][SL][SR]' |
|
-map '[FL]' front_left.wav -map '[FR]' front_right.wav -map '[FC]' |
|
front_center.wav -map '[LFE]' lfe.wav -map '[SL]' side_left.wav -map '[SR]' |
|
side_right.wav |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section compand |
|
|
|
Compress or expand audio dynamic range. |
|
|
|
A description of the accepted options follows. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item attacks |
|
@item decays |
|
Set list of times in seconds for each channel over which the instantaneous |
|
level of the input signal is averaged to determine its volume. |
|
@option{attacks} refers to increase of volume and @option{decays} refers |
|
to decrease of volume. |
|
For most situations, the attack time (response to the audio getting louder) |
|
should be shorter than the decay time because the human ear is more sensitive |
|
to sudden loud audio than sudden soft audio. |
|
Typical value for attack is @code{0.3} seconds and for decay @code{0.8} |
|
seconds. |
|
|
|
@item points |
|
Set list of points for transfer function, specified in dB relative to maximum |
|
possible signal amplitude. |
|
Each key points list need to be defined using the following syntax: |
|
@code{x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ...}. |
|
|
|
The input values must be in strictly increasing order but the transfer |
|
function does not have to be monotonically rising. |
|
The point @code{0/0} is assumed but may be overridden (by @code{0/out-dBn}). |
|
Typical values for the transfer function are @code{-70/-70 -60/-20}. |
|
|
|
@item soft-knee |
|
Set amount for which the points at where adjacent line segments on the |
|
transfer function meet will be rounded. Defaults is @code{0.01}. |
|
|
|
@item gain |
|
Set additional gain in dB to be applied at all points on the transfer function |
|
and allows easy adjustment of the overall gain. |
|
Default is @code{0}. |
|
|
|
@item volume |
|
Set initial volume in dB to be assumed for each channel when filtering starts. |
|
This permits the user to supply a nominal level initially, so that, |
|
for example, a very large gain is not applied to initial signal levels before |
|
the companding has begun to operate. A typical value for audio which is |
|
initially quiet is -90 dB. Default is @code{0}. |
|
|
|
@item delay |
|
Set delay in seconds. Default is @code{0}. The input audio |
|
is analysed immediately, but audio is delayed before being fed to the |
|
volume adjuster. Specifying a delay approximately equal to the attack/decay |
|
times allows the filter to effectively operate in predictive rather than |
|
reactive mode. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Make music with both quiet and loud passages suitable for listening |
|
in a noisy environment: |
|
@example |
|
compand=.3 .3:1 1:-90/-60 -60/-40 -40/-30 -20/-20:6:0:-90:0.2 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Noise-gate for when the noise is at a lower level than the signal: |
|
@example |
|
compand=.1 .1:.2 .2:-900/-900 -50.1/-900 -50/-50:.01:0:-90:.1 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Here is another noise-gate, this time for when the noise is at a higher level |
|
than the signal (making it, in some ways, similar to squelch): |
|
@example |
|
compand=.1 .1:.1 .1:-45.1/-45.1 -45/-900 0/-900:.01:45:-90:.1 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section earwax |
|
|
|
Make audio easier to listen to on headphones. |
|
|
|
This filter adds `cues' to 44.1kHz stereo (i.e. audio CD format) audio |
|
so that when listened to on headphones the stereo image is moved from |
|
inside your head (standard for headphones) to outside and in front of |
|
the listener (standard for speakers). |
|
|
|
Ported from SoX. |
|
|
|
@section equalizer |
|
|
|
Apply a two-pole peaking equalisation (EQ) filter. With this |
|
filter, the signal-level at and around a selected frequency can |
|
be increased or decreased, whilst (unlike bandpass and bandreject |
|
filters) that at all other frequencies is unchanged. |
|
|
|
In order to produce complex equalisation curves, this filter can |
|
be given several times, each with a different central frequency. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item frequency, f |
|
Set the filter's central frequency in Hz. |
|
|
|
@item width_type |
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter. |
|
@table @option |
|
@item h |
|
Hz |
|
@item q |
|
Q-Factor |
|
@item o |
|
octave |
|
@item s |
|
slope |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item width, w |
|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units. |
|
|
|
@item gain, g |
|
Set the required gain or attenuation in dB. |
|
Beware of clipping when using a positive gain. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Attenuate 10 dB at 1000 Hz, with a bandwidth of 200 Hz: |
|
@example |
|
equalizer=f=1000:width_type=h:width=200:g=-10 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply 2 dB gain at 1000 Hz with Q 1 and attenuate 5 dB at 100 Hz with Q 2: |
|
@example |
|
equalizer=f=1000:width_type=q:width=1:g=2,equalizer=f=100:width_type=q:width=2:g=-5 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section highpass |
|
|
|
Apply a high-pass filter with 3dB point frequency. |
|
The filter can be either single-pole, or double-pole (the default). |
|
The filter roll off at 6dB per pole per octave (20dB per pole per decade). |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item frequency, f |
|
Set frequency in Hz. Default is 3000. |
|
|
|
@item poles, p |
|
Set number of poles. Default is 2. |
|
|
|
@item width_type |
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter. |
|
@table @option |
|
@item h |
|
Hz |
|
@item q |
|
Q-Factor |
|
@item o |
|
octave |
|
@item s |
|
slope |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item width, w |
|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units. |
|
Applies only to double-pole filter. |
|
The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth response. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section join |
|
|
|
Join multiple input streams into one multi-channel stream. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following named parameters: |
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item inputs |
|
Number of input streams. Defaults to 2. |
|
|
|
@item channel_layout |
|
Desired output channel layout. Defaults to stereo. |
|
|
|
@item map |
|
Map channels from inputs to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of |
|
mappings, each in the @code{@var{input_idx}.@var{in_channel}-@var{out_channel}} |
|
form. @var{input_idx} is the 0-based index of the input stream. @var{in_channel} |
|
can be either the name of the input channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its |
|
index in the specified input stream. @var{out_channel} is the name of the output |
|
channel. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The filter will attempt to guess the mappings when those are not specified |
|
explicitly. It does so by first trying to find an unused matching input channel |
|
and if that fails it picks the first unused input channel. |
|
|
|
E.g. to join 3 inputs (with properly set channel layouts) |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex join=inputs=3 OUTPUT |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
To build a 5.1 output from 6 single-channel streams: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i fl -i fr -i fc -i sl -i sr -i lfe -filter_complex |
|
'join=inputs=6:channel_layout=5.1:map=0.0-FL|1.0-FR|2.0-FC|3.0-SL|4.0-SR|5.0-LFE' |
|
out |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section ladspa |
|
|
|
Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API) plugin. |
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with |
|
@code{--enable-ladspa}. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item file, f |
|
Specifies the name of LADSPA plugin library to load. If the environment |
|
variable @env{LADSPA_PATH} is defined, the LADSPA plugin is searched in |
|
each one of the directories specified by the colon separated list in |
|
@env{LADSPA_PATH}, otherwise in the standard LADSPA paths, which are in |
|
this order: @file{HOME/.ladspa/lib/}, @file{/usr/local/lib/ladspa/}, |
|
@file{/usr/lib/ladspa/}. |
|
|
|
@item plugin, p |
|
Specifies the plugin within the library. Some libraries contain only |
|
one plugin, but others contain many of them. If this is not set filter |
|
will list all available plugins within the specified library. |
|
|
|
@item controls, c |
|
Set the '|' separated list of controls which are zero or more floating point |
|
values that determine the behavior of the loaded plugin (for example delay, |
|
threshold or gain). |
|
Controls need to be defined using the following syntax: |
|
c0=@var{value0}|c1=@var{value1}|c2=@var{value2}|..., where |
|
@var{valuei} is the value set on the @var{i}-th control. |
|
If @option{controls} is set to @code{help}, all available controls and |
|
their valid ranges are printed. |
|
|
|
@item sample_rate, s |
|
Specify the sample rate, default to 44100. Only used if plugin have |
|
zero inputs. |
|
|
|
@item nb_samples, n |
|
Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame, default |
|
is 1024. Only used if plugin have zero inputs. |
|
|
|
@item duration, d |
|
Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See the function |
|
@code{av_parse_time()} for the accepted format, also check the "Time duration" |
|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified duration, |
|
as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a complete frame. |
|
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is |
|
supposed to be generated forever. |
|
Only used if plugin have zero inputs. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
List all available plugins within amp (LADSPA example plugin) library: |
|
@example |
|
ladspa=file=amp |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
List all available controls and their valid ranges for @code{vcf_notch} |
|
plugin from @code{VCF} library: |
|
@example |
|
ladspa=f=vcf:p=vcf_notch:c=help |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Simulate low quality audio equipment using @code{Computer Music Toolkit} (CMT) |
|
plugin library: |
|
@example |
|
ladspa=file=cmt:plugin=lofi:controls=c0=22|c1=12|c2=12 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Add reverberation to the audio using TAP-plugins |
|
(Tom's Audio Processing plugins): |
|
@example |
|
ladspa=file=tap_reverb:tap_reverb |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate white noise, with 0.2 amplitude: |
|
@example |
|
ladspa=file=cmt:noise_source_white:c=c0=.2 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate 20 bpm clicks using plugin @code{C* Click - Metronome} from the |
|
@code{C* Audio Plugin Suite} (CAPS) library: |
|
@example |
|
ladspa=file=caps:Click:c=c1=20' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply @code{C* Eq10X2 - Stereo 10-band equaliser} effect: |
|
@example |
|
ladspa=caps:Eq10X2:c=c0=-48|c9=-24|c3=12|c4=2 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@subsection Commands |
|
|
|
This filter supports the following commands: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item cN |
|
Modify the @var{N}-th control value. |
|
|
|
If the specified value is not valid, it is ignored and prior one is kept. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section lowpass |
|
|
|
Apply a low-pass filter with 3dB point frequency. |
|
The filter can be either single-pole or double-pole (the default). |
|
The filter roll off at 6dB per pole per octave (20dB per pole per decade). |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item frequency, f |
|
Set frequency in Hz. Default is 500. |
|
|
|
@item poles, p |
|
Set number of poles. Default is 2. |
|
|
|
@item width_type |
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter. |
|
@table @option |
|
@item h |
|
Hz |
|
@item q |
|
Q-Factor |
|
@item o |
|
octave |
|
@item s |
|
slope |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item width, w |
|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units. |
|
Applies only to double-pole filter. |
|
The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth response. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section pan |
|
|
|
Mix channels with specific gain levels. The filter accepts the output |
|
channel layout followed by a set of channels definitions. |
|
|
|
This filter is also designed to remap efficiently the channels of an audio |
|
stream. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts parameters of the form: |
|
"@var{l}:@var{outdef}:@var{outdef}:..." |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item l |
|
output channel layout or number of channels |
|
|
|
@item outdef |
|
output channel specification, of the form: |
|
"@var{out_name}=[@var{gain}*]@var{in_name}[+[@var{gain}*]@var{in_name}...]" |
|
|
|
@item out_name |
|
output channel to define, either a channel name (FL, FR, etc.) or a channel |
|
number (c0, c1, etc.) |
|
|
|
@item gain |
|
multiplicative coefficient for the channel, 1 leaving the volume unchanged |
|
|
|
@item in_name |
|
input channel to use, see out_name for details; it is not possible to mix |
|
named and numbered input channels |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
If the `=' in a channel specification is replaced by `<', then the gains for |
|
that specification will be renormalized so that the total is 1, thus |
|
avoiding clipping noise. |
|
|
|
@subsection Mixing examples |
|
|
|
For example, if you want to down-mix from stereo to mono, but with a bigger |
|
factor for the left channel: |
|
@example |
|
pan=1:c0=0.9*c0+0.1*c1 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
A customized down-mix to stereo that works automatically for 3-, 4-, 5- and |
|
7-channels surround: |
|
@example |
|
pan=stereo: FL < FL + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BL + 0.6*SL : FR < FR + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BR + 0.6*SR |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Note that @command{ffmpeg} integrates a default down-mix (and up-mix) system |
|
that should be preferred (see "-ac" option) unless you have very specific |
|
needs. |
|
|
|
@subsection Remapping examples |
|
|
|
The channel remapping will be effective if, and only if: |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item gain coefficients are zeroes or ones, |
|
@item only one input per channel output, |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
If all these conditions are satisfied, the filter will notify the user ("Pure |
|
channel mapping detected"), and use an optimized and lossless method to do the |
|
remapping. |
|
|
|
For example, if you have a 5.1 source and want a stereo audio stream by |
|
dropping the extra channels: |
|
@example |
|
pan="stereo: c0=FL : c1=FR" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Given the same source, you can also switch front left and front right channels |
|
and keep the input channel layout: |
|
@example |
|
pan="5.1: c0=c1 : c1=c0 : c2=c2 : c3=c3 : c4=c4 : c5=c5" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
If the input is a stereo audio stream, you can mute the front left channel (and |
|
still keep the stereo channel layout) with: |
|
@example |
|
pan="stereo:c1=c1" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Still with a stereo audio stream input, you can copy the right channel in both |
|
front left and right: |
|
@example |
|
pan="stereo: c0=FR : c1=FR" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section replaygain |
|
|
|
ReplayGain scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream as an input and |
|
outputs it unchanged. |
|
At end of filtering it displays @code{track_gain} and @code{track_peak}. |
|
|
|
@section resample |
|
|
|
Convert the audio sample format, sample rate and channel layout. This filter is |
|
not meant to be used directly. |
|
|
|
@section silencedetect |
|
|
|
Detect silence in an audio stream. |
|
|
|
This filter logs a message when it detects that the input audio volume is less |
|
or equal to a noise tolerance value for a duration greater or equal to the |
|
minimum detected noise duration. |
|
|
|
The printed times and duration are expressed in seconds. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item duration, d |
|
Set silence duration until notification (default is 2 seconds). |
|
|
|
@item noise, n |
|
Set noise tolerance. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the |
|
specified value) or amplitude ratio. Default is -60dB, or 0.001. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Detect 5 seconds of silence with -50dB noise tolerance: |
|
@example |
|
silencedetect=n=-50dB:d=5 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Complete example with @command{ffmpeg} to detect silence with 0.0001 noise |
|
tolerance in @file{silence.mp3}: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i silence.mp3 -af silencedetect=noise=0.0001 -f null - |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section treble |
|
|
|
Boost or cut treble (upper) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole |
|
shelving filter with a response similar to that of a standard |
|
hi-fi's tone-controls. This is also known as shelving equalisation (EQ). |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item gain, g |
|
Give the gain at whichever is the lower of ~22 kHz and the |
|
Nyquist frequency. Its useful range is about -20 (for a large cut) |
|
to +20 (for a large boost). Beware of clipping when using a positive gain. |
|
|
|
@item frequency, f |
|
Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used |
|
to extend or reduce the frequency range to be boosted or cut. |
|
The default value is @code{3000} Hz. |
|
|
|
@item width_type |
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter. |
|
@table @option |
|
@item h |
|
Hz |
|
@item q |
|
Q-Factor |
|
@item o |
|
octave |
|
@item s |
|
slope |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item width, w |
|
Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section volume |
|
|
|
Adjust the input audio volume. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item volume |
|
Set audio volume expression. |
|
|
|
Output values are clipped to the maximum value. |
|
|
|
The output audio volume is given by the relation: |
|
@example |
|
@var{output_volume} = @var{volume} * @var{input_volume} |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Default value for @var{volume} is "1.0". |
|
|
|
@item precision |
|
Set the mathematical precision. |
|
|
|
This determines which input sample formats will be allowed, which affects the |
|
precision of the volume scaling. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item fixed |
|
8-bit fixed-point; limits input sample format to U8, S16, and S32. |
|
@item float |
|
32-bit floating-point; limits input sample format to FLT. (default) |
|
@item double |
|
64-bit floating-point; limits input sample format to DBL. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item eval |
|
Set when the volume expression is evaluated. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item once |
|
only evaluate expression once during the filter initialization, or |
|
when the @samp{volume} command is sent |
|
|
|
@item frame |
|
evaluate expression for each incoming frame |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{once}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The volume expression can contain the following parameters. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item n |
|
frame number (starting at zero) |
|
@item nb_channels |
|
number of channels |
|
@item nb_consumed_samples |
|
number of samples consumed by the filter |
|
@item nb_samples |
|
number of samples in the current frame |
|
@item pos |
|
original frame position in the file |
|
@item pts |
|
frame PTS |
|
@item sample_rate |
|
sample rate |
|
@item startpts |
|
PTS at start of stream |
|
@item startt |
|
time at start of stream |
|
@item t |
|
frame time |
|
@item tb |
|
timestamp timebase |
|
@item volume |
|
last set volume value |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Note that when @option{eval} is set to @samp{once} only the |
|
@var{sample_rate} and @var{tb} variables are available, all other |
|
variables will evaluate to NAN. |
|
|
|
@subsection Commands |
|
|
|
This filter supports the following commands: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item volume |
|
Modify the volume expression. |
|
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option. |
|
|
|
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current |
|
value. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Halve the input audio volume: |
|
@example |
|
volume=volume=0.5 |
|
volume=volume=1/2 |
|
volume=volume=-6.0206dB |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
In all the above example the named key for @option{volume} can be |
|
omitted, for example like in: |
|
@example |
|
volume=0.5 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Increase input audio power by 6 decibels using fixed-point precision: |
|
@example |
|
volume=volume=6dB:precision=fixed |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Fade volume after time 10 with an annihilation period of 5 seconds: |
|
@example |
|
volume='if(lt(t,10),1,max(1-(t-10)/5,0))':eval=frame |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section volumedetect |
|
|
|
Detect the volume of the input video. |
|
|
|
The filter has no parameters. The input is not modified. Statistics about |
|
the volume will be printed in the log when the input stream end is reached. |
|
|
|
In particular it will show the mean volume (root mean square), maximum |
|
volume (on a per-sample basis), and the beginning of a histogram of the |
|
registered volume values (from the maximum value to a cumulated 1/1000 of |
|
the samples). |
|
|
|
All volumes are in decibels relative to the maximum PCM value. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
Here is an excerpt of the output: |
|
@example |
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] mean_volume: -27 dB |
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] max_volume: -4 dB |
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_4db: 6 |
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_5db: 62 |
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_6db: 286 |
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_7db: 1042 |
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_8db: 2551 |
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_9db: 4609 |
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_10db: 8409 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
It means that: |
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
The mean square energy is approximately -27 dB, or 10^-2.7. |
|
@item |
|
The largest sample is at -4 dB, or more precisely between -4 dB and -5 dB. |
|
@item |
|
There are 6 samples at -4 dB, 62 at -5 dB, 286 at -6 dB, etc. |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
In other words, raising the volume by +4 dB does not cause any clipping, |
|
raising it by +5 dB causes clipping for 6 samples, etc. |
|
|
|
@c man end AUDIO FILTERS |
|
|
|
@chapter Audio Sources |
|
@c man begin AUDIO SOURCES |
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available audio sources. |
|
|
|
@section abuffer |
|
|
|
Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the filter chain. |
|
|
|
This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular |
|
through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/asrc_abuffer.h}. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following named parameters: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item time_base |
|
Timebase which will be used for timestamps of submitted frames. It must be |
|
either a floating-point number or in @var{numerator}/@var{denominator} form. |
|
|
|
@item sample_rate |
|
The sample rate of the incoming audio buffers. |
|
|
|
@item sample_fmt |
|
The sample format of the incoming audio buffers. |
|
Either a sample format name or its corresponging integer representation from |
|
the enum AVSampleFormat in @file{libavutil/samplefmt.h} |
|
|
|
@item channel_layout |
|
The channel layout of the incoming audio buffers. |
|
Either a channel layout name from channel_layout_map in |
|
@file{libavutil/channel_layout.c} or its corresponding integer representation |
|
from the AV_CH_LAYOUT_* macros in @file{libavutil/channel_layout.h} |
|
|
|
@item channels |
|
The number of channels of the incoming audio buffers. |
|
If both @var{channels} and @var{channel_layout} are specified, then they |
|
must be consistent. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@example |
|
abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=s16p:channel_layout=stereo |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
will instruct the source to accept planar 16bit signed stereo at 44100Hz. |
|
Since the sample format with name "s16p" corresponds to the number |
|
6 and the "stereo" channel layout corresponds to the value 0x3, this is |
|
equivalent to: |
|
@example |
|
abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=6:channel_layout=0x3 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section aevalsrc |
|
|
|
Generate an audio signal specified by an expression. |
|
|
|
This source accepts in input one or more expressions (one for each |
|
channel), which are evaluated and used to generate a corresponding |
|
audio signal. |
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item exprs |
|
Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. In case the |
|
@option{channel_layout} option is not specified, the selected channel layout |
|
depends on the number of provided expressions. Otherwise the last |
|
specified expression is applied to the remaining output channels. |
|
|
|
@item channel_layout, c |
|
Set the channel layout. The number of channels in the specified layout |
|
must be equal to the number of specified expressions. |
|
|
|
@item duration, d |
|
Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See the function |
|
@code{av_parse_time()} for the accepted format. |
|
Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified |
|
duration, as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a |
|
complete frame. |
|
|
|
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is |
|
supposed to be generated forever. |
|
|
|
@item nb_samples, n |
|
Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame, |
|
default to 1024. |
|
|
|
@item sample_rate, s |
|
Specify the sample rate, default to 44100. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Each expression in @var{exprs} can contain the following constants: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item n |
|
number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0 |
|
|
|
@item t |
|
time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds, starting from 0 |
|
|
|
@item s |
|
sample rate |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Generate silence: |
|
@example |
|
aevalsrc=0 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate a sin signal with frequency of 440 Hz, set sample rate to |
|
8000 Hz: |
|
@example |
|
aevalsrc="sin(440*2*PI*t):s=8000" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate a two channels signal, specify the channel layout (Front |
|
Center + Back Center) explicitly: |
|
@example |
|
aevalsrc="sin(420*2*PI*t)|cos(430*2*PI*t):c=FC|BC" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate white noise: |
|
@example |
|
aevalsrc="-2+random(0)" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate an amplitude modulated signal: |
|
@example |
|
aevalsrc="sin(10*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t)" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate 2.5 Hz binaural beats on a 360 Hz carrier: |
|
@example |
|
aevalsrc="0.1*sin(2*PI*(360-2.5/2)*t) | 0.1*sin(2*PI*(360+2.5/2)*t)" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section anullsrc |
|
|
|
Null audio source, return unprocessed audio frames. It is mainly useful |
|
as a template and to be employed in analysis / debugging tools, or as |
|
the source for filters which ignore the input data (for example the sox |
|
synth filter). |
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item channel_layout, cl |
|
|
|
Specify the channel layout, and can be either an integer or a string |
|
representing a channel layout. The default value of @var{channel_layout} |
|
is "stereo". |
|
|
|
Check the channel_layout_map definition in |
|
@file{libavutil/channel_layout.c} for the mapping between strings and |
|
channel layout values. |
|
|
|
@item sample_rate, r |
|
Specify the sample rate, and defaults to 44100. |
|
|
|
@item nb_samples, n |
|
Set the number of samples per requested frames. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Set the sample rate to 48000 Hz and the channel layout to AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO. |
|
@example |
|
anullsrc=r=48000:cl=4 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Do the same operation with a more obvious syntax: |
|
@example |
|
anullsrc=r=48000:cl=mono |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
All the parameters need to be explicitly defined. |
|
|
|
@section flite |
|
|
|
Synthesize a voice utterance using the libflite library. |
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with |
|
@code{--enable-libflite}. |
|
|
|
Note that the flite library is not thread-safe. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item list_voices |
|
If set to 1, list the names of the available voices and exit |
|
immediately. Default value is 0. |
|
|
|
@item nb_samples, n |
|
Set the maximum number of samples per frame. Default value is 512. |
|
|
|
@item textfile |
|
Set the filename containing the text to speak. |
|
|
|
@item text |
|
Set the text to speak. |
|
|
|
@item voice, v |
|
Set the voice to use for the speech synthesis. Default value is |
|
@code{kal}. See also the @var{list_voices} option. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Read from file @file{speech.txt}, and synthetize the text using the |
|
standard flite voice: |
|
@example |
|
flite=textfile=speech.txt |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Read the specified text selecting the @code{slt} voice: |
|
@example |
|
flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Input text to ffmpeg: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Make @file{ffplay} speak the specified text, using @code{flite} and |
|
the @code{lavfi} device: |
|
@example |
|
ffplay -f lavfi flite=text='No more be grieved for which that thou hast done.' |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
For more information about libflite, check: |
|
@url{http://www.speech.cs.cmu.edu/flite/} |
|
|
|
@section sine |
|
|
|
Generate an audio signal made of a sine wave with amplitude 1/8. |
|
|
|
The audio signal is bit-exact. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item frequency, f |
|
Set the carrier frequency. Default is 440 Hz. |
|
|
|
@item beep_factor, b |
|
Enable a periodic beep every second with frequency @var{beep_factor} times |
|
the carrier frequency. Default is 0, meaning the beep is disabled. |
|
|
|
@item sample_rate, r |
|
Specify the sample rate, default is 44100. |
|
|
|
@item duration, d |
|
Specify the duration of the generated audio stream. |
|
|
|
@item samples_per_frame |
|
Set the number of samples per output frame, default is 1024. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate a simple 440 Hz sine wave: |
|
@example |
|
sine |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate a 220 Hz sine wave with a 880 Hz beep each second, for 5 seconds: |
|
@example |
|
sine=220:4:d=5 |
|
sine=f=220:b=4:d=5 |
|
sine=frequency=220:beep_factor=4:duration=5 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@c man end AUDIO SOURCES |
|
|
|
@chapter Audio Sinks |
|
@c man begin AUDIO SINKS |
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available audio sinks. |
|
|
|
@section abuffersink |
|
|
|
Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the end of filter chain. |
|
|
|
This sink is mainly intended for programmatic use, in particular |
|
through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/buffersink.h} |
|
or the options system. |
|
|
|
It accepts a pointer to an AVABufferSinkContext structure, which |
|
defines the incoming buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque |
|
parameter to @code{avfilter_init_filter} for initialization. |
|
|
|
@section anullsink |
|
|
|
Null audio sink, do absolutely nothing with the input audio. It is |
|
mainly useful as a template and to be employed in analysis / debugging |
|
tools. |
|
|
|
@c man end AUDIO SINKS |
|
|
|
@chapter Video Filters |
|
@c man begin VIDEO FILTERS |
|
|
|
When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the |
|
existing filters using @code{--disable-filters}. |
|
The configure output will show the video filters included in your |
|
build. |
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available video filters. |
|
|
|
@section alphaextract |
|
|
|
Extract the alpha component from the input as a grayscale video. This |
|
is especially useful with the @var{alphamerge} filter. |
|
|
|
@section alphamerge |
|
|
|
Add or replace the alpha component of the primary input with the |
|
grayscale value of a second input. This is intended for use with |
|
@var{alphaextract} to allow the transmission or storage of frame |
|
sequences that have alpha in a format that doesn't support an alpha |
|
channel. |
|
|
|
For example, to reconstruct full frames from a normal YUV-encoded video |
|
and a separate video created with @var{alphaextract}, you might use: |
|
@example |
|
movie=in_alpha.mkv [alpha]; [in][alpha] alphamerge [out] |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Since this filter is designed for reconstruction, it operates on frame |
|
sequences without considering timestamps, and terminates when either |
|
input reaches end of stream. This will cause problems if your encoding |
|
pipeline drops frames. If you're trying to apply an image as an |
|
overlay to a video stream, consider the @var{overlay} filter instead. |
|
|
|
@section ass |
|
|
|
Same as the @ref{subtitles} filter, except that it doesn't require libavcodec |
|
and libavformat to work. On the other hand, it is limited to ASS (Advanced |
|
Substation Alpha) subtitles files. |
|
|
|
@section bbox |
|
|
|
Compute the bounding box for the non-black pixels in the input frame |
|
luminance plane. |
|
|
|
This filter computes the bounding box containing all the pixels with a |
|
luminance value greater than the minimum allowed value. |
|
The parameters describing the bounding box are printed on the filter |
|
log. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following option: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item min_val |
|
Set the minimal luminance value. Default is @code{16}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section blackdetect |
|
|
|
Detect video intervals that are (almost) completely black. Can be |
|
useful to detect chapter transitions, commercials, or invalid |
|
recordings. Output lines contains the time for the start, end and |
|
duration of the detected black interval expressed in seconds. |
|
|
|
In order to display the output lines, you need to set the loglevel at |
|
least to the AV_LOG_INFO value. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item black_min_duration, d |
|
Set the minimum detected black duration expressed in seconds. It must |
|
be a non-negative floating point number. |
|
|
|
Default value is 2.0. |
|
|
|
@item picture_black_ratio_th, pic_th |
|
Set the threshold for considering a picture "black". |
|
Express the minimum value for the ratio: |
|
@example |
|
@var{nb_black_pixels} / @var{nb_pixels} |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
for which a picture is considered black. |
|
Default value is 0.98. |
|
|
|
@item pixel_black_th, pix_th |
|
Set the threshold for considering a pixel "black". |
|
|
|
The threshold expresses the maximum pixel luminance value for which a |
|
pixel is considered "black". The provided value is scaled according to |
|
the following equation: |
|
@example |
|
@var{absolute_threshold} = @var{luminance_minimum_value} + @var{pixel_black_th} * @var{luminance_range_size} |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@var{luminance_range_size} and @var{luminance_minimum_value} depend on |
|
the input video format, the range is [0-255] for YUV full-range |
|
formats and [16-235] for YUV non full-range formats. |
|
|
|
Default value is 0.10. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The following example sets the maximum pixel threshold to the minimum |
|
value, and detects only black intervals of 2 or more seconds: |
|
@example |
|
blackdetect=d=2:pix_th=0.00 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section blackframe |
|
|
|
Detect frames that are (almost) completely black. Can be useful to |
|
detect chapter transitions or commercials. Output lines consist of |
|
the frame number of the detected frame, the percentage of blackness, |
|
the position in the file if known or -1 and the timestamp in seconds. |
|
|
|
In order to display the output lines, you need to set the loglevel at |
|
least to the AV_LOG_INFO value. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item amount |
|
Set the percentage of the pixels that have to be below the threshold, defaults |
|
to @code{98}. |
|
|
|
@item threshold, thresh |
|
Set the threshold below which a pixel value is considered black, defaults to |
|
@code{32}. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section blend |
|
|
|
Blend two video frames into each other. |
|
|
|
It takes two input streams and outputs one stream, the first input is the |
|
"top" layer and second input is "bottom" layer. |
|
Output terminates when shortest input terminates. |
|
|
|
A description of the accepted options follows. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item c0_mode |
|
@item c1_mode |
|
@item c2_mode |
|
@item c3_mode |
|
@item all_mode |
|
Set blend mode for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case |
|
of @var{all_mode}. Default value is @code{normal}. |
|
|
|
Available values for component modes are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item addition |
|
@item and |
|
@item average |
|
@item burn |
|
@item darken |
|
@item difference |
|
@item divide |
|
@item dodge |
|
@item exclusion |
|
@item hardlight |
|
@item lighten |
|
@item multiply |
|
@item negation |
|
@item normal |
|
@item or |
|
@item overlay |
|
@item phoenix |
|
@item pinlight |
|
@item reflect |
|
@item screen |
|
@item softlight |
|
@item subtract |
|
@item vividlight |
|
@item xor |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item c0_opacity |
|
@item c1_opacity |
|
@item c2_opacity |
|
@item c3_opacity |
|
@item all_opacity |
|
Set blend opacity for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case |
|
of @var{all_opacity}. Only used in combination with pixel component blend modes. |
|
|
|
@item c0_expr |
|
@item c1_expr |
|
@item c2_expr |
|
@item c3_expr |
|
@item all_expr |
|
Set blend expression for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case |
|
of @var{all_expr}. Note that related mode options will be ignored if those are set. |
|
|
|
The expressions can use the following variables: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item N |
|
The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from @code{0}. |
|
|
|
@item X |
|
@item Y |
|
the coordinates of the current sample |
|
|
|
@item W |
|
@item H |
|
the width and height of currently filtered plane |
|
|
|
@item SW |
|
@item SH |
|
Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the |
|
ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of pixels and the current |
|
plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are @code{1,1} for the luma plane, and |
|
@code{0.5,0.5} for chroma planes. |
|
|
|
@item T |
|
Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds. |
|
|
|
@item TOP, A |
|
Value of pixel component at current location for first video frame (top layer). |
|
|
|
@item BOTTOM, B |
|
Value of pixel component at current location for second video frame (bottom layer). |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item shortest |
|
Force termination when the shortest input terminates. Default is @code{0}. |
|
@item repeatlast |
|
Continue applying the last bottom frame after the end of the stream. A value of |
|
@code{0} disable the filter after the last frame of the bottom layer is reached. |
|
Default is @code{1}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Apply transition from bottom layer to top layer in first 10 seconds: |
|
@example |
|
blend=all_expr='A*(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10))+B*(1-(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10)))' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply 1x1 checkerboard effect: |
|
@example |
|
blend=all_expr='if(eq(mod(X,2),mod(Y,2)),A,B)' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply uncover left effect: |
|
@example |
|
blend=all_expr='if(gte(N*SW+X,W),A,B)' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply uncover down effect: |
|
@example |
|
blend=all_expr='if(gte(Y-N*SH,0),A,B)' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply uncover up-left effect: |
|
@example |
|
blend=all_expr='if(gte(T*SH*40+Y,H)*gte((T*40*SW+X)*W/H,W),A,B)' |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section boxblur |
|
|
|
Apply boxblur algorithm to the input video. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item luma_radius, lr |
|
@item luma_power, lp |
|
@item chroma_radius, cr |
|
@item chroma_power, cp |
|
@item alpha_radius, ar |
|
@item alpha_power, ap |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
A description of the accepted options follows. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item luma_radius, lr |
|
@item chroma_radius, cr |
|
@item alpha_radius, ar |
|
Set an expression for the box radius in pixels used for blurring the |
|
corresponding input plane. |
|
|
|
The radius value must be a non-negative number, and must not be |
|
greater than the value of the expression @code{min(w,h)/2} for the |
|
luma and alpha planes, and of @code{min(cw,ch)/2} for the chroma |
|
planes. |
|
|
|
Default value for @option{luma_radius} is "2". If not specified, |
|
@option{chroma_radius} and @option{alpha_radius} default to the |
|
corresponding value set for @option{luma_radius}. |
|
|
|
The expressions can contain the following constants: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item w |
|
@item h |
|
the input width and height in pixels |
|
|
|
@item cw |
|
@item ch |
|
the input chroma image width and height in pixels |
|
|
|
@item hsub |
|
@item vsub |
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the |
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item luma_power, lp |
|
@item chroma_power, cp |
|
@item alpha_power, ap |
|
Specify how many times the boxblur filter is applied to the |
|
corresponding plane. |
|
|
|
Default value for @option{luma_power} is 2. If not specified, |
|
@option{chroma_power} and @option{alpha_power} default to the |
|
corresponding value set for @option{luma_power}. |
|
|
|
A value of 0 will disable the effect. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Apply a boxblur filter with luma, chroma, and alpha radius |
|
set to 2: |
|
@example |
|
boxblur=luma_radius=2:luma_power=1 |
|
boxblur=2:1 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Set luma radius to 2, alpha and chroma radius to 0: |
|
@example |
|
boxblur=2:1:cr=0:ar=0 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Set luma and chroma radius to a fraction of the video dimension: |
|
@example |
|
boxblur=luma_radius=min(h\,w)/10:luma_power=1:chroma_radius=min(cw\,ch)/10:chroma_power=1 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section colorbalance |
|
Modify intensity of primary colors (red, green and blue) of input frames. |
|
|
|
The filter allows an input frame to be adjusted in the shadows, midtones or highlights |
|
regions for the red-cyan, green-magenta or blue-yellow balance. |
|
|
|
A positive adjustment value shifts the balance towards the primary color, a negative |
|
value towards the complementary color. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item rs |
|
@item gs |
|
@item bs |
|
Adjust red, green and blue shadows (darkest pixels). |
|
|
|
@item rm |
|
@item gm |
|
@item bm |
|
Adjust red, green and blue midtones (medium pixels). |
|
|
|
@item rh |
|
@item gh |
|
@item bh |
|
Adjust red, green and blue highlights (brightest pixels). |
|
|
|
Allowed ranges for options are @code{[-1.0, 1.0]}. Defaults are @code{0}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Add red color cast to shadows: |
|
@example |
|
colorbalance=rs=.3 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section colorchannelmixer |
|
|
|
Adjust video input frames by re-mixing color channels. |
|
|
|
This filter modifies a color channel by adding the values associated to |
|
the other channels of the same pixels. For example if the value to |
|
modify is red, the output value will be: |
|
@example |
|
@var{red}=@var{red}*@var{rr} + @var{blue}*@var{rb} + @var{green}*@var{rg} + @var{alpha}*@var{ra} |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item rr |
|
@item rg |
|
@item rb |
|
@item ra |
|
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output red channel. |
|
Default is @code{1} for @var{rr}, and @code{0} for @var{rg}, @var{rb} and @var{ra}. |
|
|
|
@item gr |
|
@item gg |
|
@item gb |
|
@item ga |
|
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output green channel. |
|
Default is @code{1} for @var{gg}, and @code{0} for @var{gr}, @var{gb} and @var{ga}. |
|
|
|
@item br |
|
@item bg |
|
@item bb |
|
@item ba |
|
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output blue channel. |
|
Default is @code{1} for @var{bb}, and @code{0} for @var{br}, @var{bg} and @var{ba}. |
|
|
|
@item ar |
|
@item ag |
|
@item ab |
|
@item aa |
|
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output alpha channel. |
|
Default is @code{1} for @var{aa}, and @code{0} for @var{ar}, @var{ag} and @var{ab}. |
|
|
|
Allowed ranges for options are @code{[-2.0, 2.0]}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Convert source to grayscale: |
|
@example |
|
colorchannelmixer=.3:.4:.3:0:.3:.4:.3:0:.3:.4:.3 |
|
@end example |
|
@item |
|
Simulate sepia tones: |
|
@example |
|
colorchannelmixer=.393:.769:.189:0:.349:.686:.168:0:.272:.534:.131 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section colormatrix |
|
|
|
Convert color matrix. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item src |
|
@item dst |
|
Specify the source and destination color matrix. Both values must be |
|
specified. |
|
|
|
The accepted values are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item bt709 |
|
BT.709 |
|
|
|
@item bt601 |
|
BT.601 |
|
|
|
@item smpte240m |
|
SMPTE-240M |
|
|
|
@item fcc |
|
FCC |
|
@end table |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
For example to convert from BT.601 to SMPTE-240M, use the command: |
|
@example |
|
colormatrix=bt601:smpte240m |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section copy |
|
|
|
Copy the input source unchanged to the output. Mainly useful for |
|
testing purposes. |
|
|
|
@section crop |
|
|
|
Crop the input video to given dimensions. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item w, out_w |
|
Width of the output video. It defaults to @code{iw}. |
|
This expression is evaluated only once during the filter |
|
configuration. |
|
|
|
@item h, out_h |
|
Height of the output video. It defaults to @code{ih}. |
|
This expression is evaluated only once during the filter |
|
configuration. |
|
|
|
@item x |
|
Horizontal position, in the input video, of the left edge of the output video. |
|
It defaults to @code{(in_w-out_w)/2}. |
|
This expression is evaluated per-frame. |
|
|
|
@item y |
|
Vertical position, in the input video, of the top edge of the output video. |
|
It defaults to @code{(in_h-out_h)/2}. |
|
This expression is evaluated per-frame. |
|
|
|
@item keep_aspect |
|
If set to 1 will force the output display aspect ratio |
|
to be the same of the input, by changing the output sample aspect |
|
ratio. It defaults to 0. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The @var{out_w}, @var{out_h}, @var{x}, @var{y} parameters are |
|
expressions containing the following constants: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item x |
|
@item y |
|
the computed values for @var{x} and @var{y}. They are evaluated for |
|
each new frame. |
|
|
|
@item in_w |
|
@item in_h |
|
the input width and height |
|
|
|
@item iw |
|
@item ih |
|
same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h} |
|
|
|
@item out_w |
|
@item out_h |
|
the output (cropped) width and height |
|
|
|
@item ow |
|
@item oh |
|
same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h} |
|
|
|
@item a |
|
same as @var{iw} / @var{ih} |
|
|
|
@item sar |
|
input sample aspect ratio |
|
|
|
@item dar |
|
input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{iw} / @var{ih}) * @var{sar} |
|
|
|
@item hsub |
|
@item vsub |
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the |
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1. |
|
|
|
@item n |
|
the number of input frame, starting from 0 |
|
|
|
@item pos |
|
the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown |
|
|
|
@item t |
|
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The expression for @var{out_w} may depend on the value of @var{out_h}, |
|
and the expression for @var{out_h} may depend on @var{out_w}, but they |
|
cannot depend on @var{x} and @var{y}, as @var{x} and @var{y} are |
|
evaluated after @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}. |
|
|
|
The @var{x} and @var{y} parameters specify the expressions for the |
|
position of the top-left corner of the output (non-cropped) area. They |
|
are evaluated for each frame. If the evaluated value is not valid, it |
|
is approximated to the nearest valid value. |
|
|
|
The expression for @var{x} may depend on @var{y}, and the expression |
|
for @var{y} may depend on @var{x}. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Crop area with size 100x100 at position (12,34). |
|
@example |
|
crop=100:100:12:34 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Using named options, the example above becomes: |
|
@example |
|
crop=w=100:h=100:x=12:y=34 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Crop the central input area with size 100x100: |
|
@example |
|
crop=100:100 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Crop the central input area with size 2/3 of the input video: |
|
@example |
|
crop=2/3*in_w:2/3*in_h |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Crop the input video central square: |
|
@example |
|
crop=out_w=in_h |
|
crop=in_h |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Delimit the rectangle with the top-left corner placed at position |
|
100:100 and the right-bottom corner corresponding to the right-bottom |
|
corner of the input image: |
|
@example |
|
crop=in_w-100:in_h-100:100:100 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Crop 10 pixels from the left and right borders, and 20 pixels from |
|
the top and bottom borders |
|
@example |
|
crop=in_w-2*10:in_h-2*20 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Keep only the bottom right quarter of the input image: |
|
@example |
|
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:in_w/2:in_h/2 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Crop height for getting Greek harmony: |
|
@example |
|
crop=in_w:1/PHI*in_w |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Appply trembling effect: |
|
@example |
|
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(n/10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(n/7) |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply erratic camera effect depending on timestamp: |
|
@example |
|
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(t*10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(t*13)" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Set x depending on the value of y: |
|
@example |
|
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:y:10+10*sin(n/10) |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section cropdetect |
|
|
|
Auto-detect crop size. |
|
|
|
Calculate necessary cropping parameters and prints the recommended |
|
parameters through the logging system. The detected dimensions |
|
correspond to the non-black area of the input video. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item limit |
|
Set higher black value threshold, which can be optionally specified |
|
from nothing (0) to everything (255). An intensity value greater |
|
to the set value is considered non-black. Default value is 24. |
|
|
|
@item round |
|
Set the value for which the width/height should be divisible by. The |
|
offset is automatically adjusted to center the video. Use 2 to get |
|
only even dimensions (needed for 4:2:2 video). 16 is best when |
|
encoding to most video codecs. Default value is 16. |
|
|
|
@item reset_count, reset |
|
Set the counter that determines after how many frames cropdetect will |
|
reset the previously detected largest video area and start over to |
|
detect the current optimal crop area. Default value is 0. |
|
|
|
This can be useful when channel logos distort the video area. 0 |
|
indicates never reset and return the largest area encountered during |
|
playback. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@anchor{curves} |
|
@section curves |
|
|
|
Apply color adjustments using curves. |
|
|
|
This filter is similar to the Adobe Photoshop and GIMP curves tools. Each |
|
component (red, green and blue) has its values defined by @var{N} key points |
|
tied from each other using a smooth curve. The x-axis represents the pixel |
|
values from the input frame, and the y-axis the new pixel values to be set for |
|
the output frame. |
|
|
|
By default, a component curve is defined by the two points @var{(0;0)} and |
|
@var{(1;1)}. This creates a straight line where each original pixel value is |
|
"adjusted" to its own value, which means no change to the image. |
|
|
|
The filter allows you to redefine these two points and add some more. A new |
|
curve (using a natural cubic spline interpolation) will be define to pass |
|
smoothly through all these new coordinates. The new defined points needs to be |
|
strictly increasing over the x-axis, and their @var{x} and @var{y} values must |
|
be in the @var{[0;1]} interval. If the computed curves happened to go outside |
|
the vector spaces, the values will be clipped accordingly. |
|
|
|
If there is no key point defined in @code{x=0}, the filter will automatically |
|
insert a @var{(0;0)} point. In the same way, if there is no key point defined |
|
in @code{x=1}, the filter will automatically insert a @var{(1;1)} point. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item preset |
|
Select one of the available color presets. This option can be used in addition |
|
to the @option{r}, @option{g}, @option{b} parameters; in this case, the later |
|
options takes priority on the preset values. |
|
Available presets are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item none |
|
@item color_negative |
|
@item cross_process |
|
@item darker |
|
@item increase_contrast |
|
@item lighter |
|
@item linear_contrast |
|
@item medium_contrast |
|
@item negative |
|
@item strong_contrast |
|
@item vintage |
|
@end table |
|
Default is @code{none}. |
|
@item master, m |
|
Set the master key points. These points will define a second pass mapping. It |
|
is sometimes called a "luminance" or "value" mapping. It can be used with |
|
@option{r}, @option{g}, @option{b} or @option{all} since it acts like a |
|
post-processing LUT. |
|
@item red, r |
|
Set the key points for the red component. |
|
@item green, g |
|
Set the key points for the green component. |
|
@item blue, b |
|
Set the key points for the blue component. |
|
@item all |
|
Set the key points for all components (not including master). |
|
Can be used in addition to the other key points component |
|
options. In this case, the unset component(s) will fallback on this |
|
@option{all} setting. |
|
@item psfile |
|
Specify a Photoshop curves file (@code{.asv}) to import the settings from. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
To avoid some filtergraph syntax conflicts, each key points list need to be |
|
defined using the following syntax: @code{x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ...}. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Increase slightly the middle level of blue: |
|
@example |
|
curves=blue='0.5/0.58' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Vintage effect: |
|
@example |
|
curves=r='0/0.11 .42/.51 1/0.95':g='0.50/0.48':b='0/0.22 .49/.44 1/0.8' |
|
@end example |
|
Here we obtain the following coordinates for each components: |
|
@table @var |
|
@item red |
|
@code{(0;0.11) (0.42;0.51) (1;0.95)} |
|
@item green |
|
@code{(0;0) (0.50;0.48) (1;1)} |
|
@item blue |
|
@code{(0;0.22) (0.49;0.44) (1;0.80)} |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item |
|
The previous example can also be achieved with the associated built-in preset: |
|
@example |
|
curves=preset=vintage |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Or simply: |
|
@example |
|
curves=vintage |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Use a Photoshop preset and redefine the points of the green component: |
|
@example |
|
curves=psfile='MyCurvesPresets/purple.asv':green='0.45/0.53' |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section dctdnoiz |
|
|
|
Denoise frames using 2D DCT (frequency domain filtering). |
|
|
|
This filter is not designed for real time and can be extremely slow. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item sigma, s |
|
Set the noise sigma constant. |
|
|
|
This @var{sigma} defines a hard threshold of @code{3 * sigma}; every DCT |
|
coefficient (absolute value) below this threshold with be dropped. |
|
|
|
If you need a more advanced filtering, see @option{expr}. |
|
|
|
Default is @code{0}. |
|
|
|
@item overlap |
|
Set number overlapping pixels for each block. Each block is of size |
|
@code{16x16}. Since the filter can be slow, you may want to reduce this value, |
|
at the cost of a less effective filter and the risk of various artefacts. |
|
|
|
If the overlapping value doesn't allow to process the whole input width or |
|
height, a warning will be displayed and according borders won't be denoised. |
|
|
|
Default value is @code{15}. |
|
|
|
@item expr, e |
|
Set the coefficient factor expression. |
|
|
|
For each coefficient of a DCT block, this expression will be evaluated as a |
|
multiplier value for the coefficient. |
|
|
|
If this is option is set, the @option{sigma} option will be ignored. |
|
|
|
The absolute value of the coefficient can be accessed through the @var{c} |
|
variable. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
Apply a denoise with a @option{sigma} of @code{4.5}: |
|
@example |
|
dctdnoiz=4.5 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The same operation can be achieved using the expression system: |
|
@example |
|
dctdnoiz=e='gte(c, 4.5*3)' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@anchor{decimate} |
|
@section decimate |
|
|
|
Drop duplicated frames at regular intervals. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item cycle |
|
Set the number of frames from which one will be dropped. Setting this to |
|
@var{N} means one frame in every batch of @var{N} frames will be dropped. |
|
Default is @code{5}. |
|
|
|
@item dupthresh |
|
Set the threshold for duplicate detection. If the difference metric for a frame |
|
is less than or equal to this value, then it is declared as duplicate. Default |
|
is @code{1.1} |
|
|
|
@item scthresh |
|
Set scene change threshold. Default is @code{15}. |
|
|
|
@item blockx |
|
@item blocky |
|
Set the size of the x and y-axis blocks used during metric calculations. |
|
Larger blocks give better noise suppression, but also give worse detection of |
|
small movements. Must be a power of two. Default is @code{32}. |
|
|
|
@item ppsrc |
|
Mark main input as a pre-processed input and activate clean source input |
|
stream. This allows the input to be pre-processed with various filters to help |
|
the metrics calculation while keeping the frame selection lossless. When set to |
|
@code{1}, the first stream is for the pre-processed input, and the second |
|
stream is the clean source from where the kept frames are chosen. Default is |
|
@code{0}. |
|
|
|
@item chroma |
|
Set whether or not chroma is considered in the metric calculations. Default is |
|
@code{1}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section delogo |
|
|
|
Suppress a TV station logo by a simple interpolation of the surrounding |
|
pixels. Just set a rectangle covering the logo and watch it disappear |
|
(and sometimes something even uglier appear - your mileage may vary). |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item x |
|
@item y |
|
Specify the top left corner coordinates of the logo. They must be |
|
specified. |
|
|
|
@item w |
|
@item h |
|
Specify the width and height of the logo to clear. They must be |
|
specified. |
|
|
|
@item band, t |
|
Specify the thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to |
|
@var{w} and @var{h}). The default value is 4. |
|
|
|
@item show |
|
When set to 1, a green rectangle is drawn on the screen to simplify |
|
finding the right @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, and @var{h} parameters. |
|
The default value is 0. |
|
|
|
The rectangle is drawn on the outermost pixels which will be (partly) |
|
replaced with interpolated values. The values of the next pixels |
|
immediately outside this rectangle in each direction will be used to |
|
compute the interpolated pixel values inside the rectangle. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Set a rectangle covering the area with top left corner coordinates 0,0 |
|
and size 100x77, setting a band of size 10: |
|
@example |
|
delogo=x=0:y=0:w=100:h=77:band=10 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section deshake |
|
|
|
Attempt to fix small changes in horizontal and/or vertical shift. This |
|
filter helps remove camera shake from hand-holding a camera, bumping a |
|
tripod, moving on a vehicle, etc. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item x |
|
@item y |
|
@item w |
|
@item h |
|
Specify a rectangular area where to limit the search for motion |
|
vectors. |
|
If desired the search for motion vectors can be limited to a |
|
rectangular area of the frame defined by its top left corner, width |
|
and height. These parameters have the same meaning as the drawbox |
|
filter which can be used to visualise the position of the bounding |
|
box. |
|
|
|
This is useful when simultaneous movement of subjects within the frame |
|
might be confused for camera motion by the motion vector search. |
|
|
|
If any or all of @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} are set to -1 |
|
then the full frame is used. This allows later options to be set |
|
without specifying the bounding box for the motion vector search. |
|
|
|
Default - search the whole frame. |
|
|
|
@item rx |
|
@item ry |
|
Specify the maximum extent of movement in x and y directions in the |
|
range 0-64 pixels. Default 16. |
|
|
|
@item edge |
|
Specify how to generate pixels to fill blanks at the edge of the |
|
frame. Available values are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item blank, 0 |
|
Fill zeroes at blank locations |
|
@item original, 1 |
|
Original image at blank locations |
|
@item clamp, 2 |
|
Extruded edge value at blank locations |
|
@item mirror, 3 |
|
Mirrored edge at blank locations |
|
@end table |
|
Default value is @samp{mirror}. |
|
|
|
@item blocksize |
|
Specify the blocksize to use for motion search. Range 4-128 pixels, |
|
default 8. |
|
|
|
@item contrast |
|
Specify the contrast threshold for blocks. Only blocks with more than |
|
the specified contrast (difference between darkest and lightest |
|
pixels) will be considered. Range 1-255, default 125. |
|
|
|
@item search |
|
Specify the search strategy. Available values are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item exhaustive, 0 |
|
Set exhaustive search |
|
@item less, 1 |
|
Set less exhaustive search. |
|
@end table |
|
Default value is @samp{exhaustive}. |
|
|
|
@item filename |
|
If set then a detailed log of the motion search is written to the |
|
specified file. |
|
|
|
@item opencl |
|
If set to 1, specify using OpenCL capabilities, only available if |
|
FFmpeg was configured with @code{--enable-opencl}. Default value is 0. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section drawbox |
|
|
|
Draw a colored box on the input image. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item x |
|
@item y |
|
The expressions which specify the top left corner coordinates of the box. Default to 0. |
|
|
|
@item width, w |
|
@item height, h |
|
The expressions which specify the width and height of the box, if 0 they are interpreted as |
|
the input width and height. Default to 0. |
|
|
|
@item color, c |
|
Specify the color of the box to write. For the general syntax of this option, |
|
check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special |
|
value @code{invert} is used, the box edge color is the same as the |
|
video with inverted luma. |
|
|
|
@item thickness, t |
|
The expression which sets the thickness of the box edge. Default value is @code{3}. |
|
|
|
See below for the list of accepted constants. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The parameters for @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} and @var{t} are expressions containing the |
|
following constants: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item dar |
|
The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}. |
|
|
|
@item hsub |
|
@item vsub |
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the |
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1. |
|
|
|
@item in_h, ih |
|
@item in_w, iw |
|
The input width and height. |
|
|
|
@item sar |
|
The input sample aspect ratio. |
|
|
|
@item x |
|
@item y |
|
The x and y offset coordinates where the box is drawn. |
|
|
|
@item w |
|
@item h |
|
The width and height of the drawn box. |
|
|
|
@item t |
|
The thickness of the drawn box. |
|
|
|
These constants allow the @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, @var{h} and @var{t} expressions to refer to |
|
each other, so you may for example specify @code{y=x/dar} or @code{h=w/dar}. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Draw a black box around the edge of the input image: |
|
@example |
|
drawbox |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Draw a box with color red and an opacity of 50%: |
|
@example |
|
drawbox=10:20:200:60:red@@0.5 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The previous example can be specified as: |
|
@example |
|
drawbox=x=10:y=20:w=200:h=60:color=red@@0.5 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Fill the box with pink color: |
|
@example |
|
drawbox=x=10:y=10:w=100:h=100:color=pink@@0.5:t=max |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Draw a 2-pixel red 2.40:1 mask: |
|
@example |
|
drawbox=x=-t:y=0.5*(ih-iw/2.4)-t:w=iw+t*2:h=iw/2.4+t*2:t=2:c=red |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section drawgrid |
|
|
|
Draw a grid on the input image. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item x |
|
@item y |
|
The expressions which specify the coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant to configure offset). Both default to 0. |
|
|
|
@item width, w |
|
@item height, h |
|
The expressions which specify the width and height of the grid cell, if 0 they are interpreted as the |
|
input width and height, respectively, minus @code{thickness}, so image gets |
|
framed. Default to 0. |
|
|
|
@item color, c |
|
Specify the color of the grid. For the general syntax of this option, |
|
check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special |
|
value @code{invert} is used, the grid color is the same as the |
|
video with inverted luma. |
|
|
|
@item thickness, t |
|
The expression which sets the thickness of the grid line. Default value is @code{1}. |
|
|
|
See below for the list of accepted constants. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The parameters for @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} and @var{t} are expressions containing the |
|
following constants: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item dar |
|
The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}. |
|
|
|
@item hsub |
|
@item vsub |
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the |
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1. |
|
|
|
@item in_h, ih |
|
@item in_w, iw |
|
The input grid cell width and height. |
|
|
|
@item sar |
|
The input sample aspect ratio. |
|
|
|
@item x |
|
@item y |
|
The x and y coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant to configure offset). |
|
|
|
@item w |
|
@item h |
|
The width and height of the drawn cell. |
|
|
|
@item t |
|
The thickness of the drawn cell. |
|
|
|
These constants allow the @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, @var{h} and @var{t} expressions to refer to |
|
each other, so you may for example specify @code{y=x/dar} or @code{h=w/dar}. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Draw a grid with cell 100x100 pixels, thickness 2 pixels, with color red and an opacity of 50%: |
|
@example |
|
drawgrid=width=100:height=100:thickness=2:color=red@@0.5 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Draw a white 3x3 grid with an opacity of 50%: |
|
@example |
|
drawgrid=w=iw/3:h=ih/3:t=2:c=white@@0.5 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@anchor{drawtext} |
|
@section drawtext |
|
|
|
Draw text string or text from specified file on top of video using the |
|
libfreetype library. |
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with |
|
@code{--enable-libfreetype}. |
|
|
|
@subsection Syntax |
|
|
|
The description of the accepted parameters follows. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item box |
|
Used to draw a box around text using background color. |
|
Value should be either 1 (enable) or 0 (disable). |
|
The default value of @var{box} is 0. |
|
|
|
@item boxcolor |
|
The color to be used for drawing box around text. For the syntax of this |
|
option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
|
|
The default value of @var{boxcolor} is "white". |
|
|
|
@item borderw |
|
Set the width of the border to be drawn around the text using @var{bordercolor}. |
|
The default value of @var{borderw} is 0. |
|
|
|
@item bordercolor |
|
Set the color to be used for drawing border around text. For the syntax of this |
|
option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
|
|
The default value of @var{bordercolor} is "black". |
|
|
|
@item expansion |
|
Select how the @var{text} is expanded. Can be either @code{none}, |
|
@code{strftime} (deprecated) or |
|
@code{normal} (default). See the @ref{drawtext_expansion, Text expansion} section |
|
below for details. |
|
|
|
@item fix_bounds |
|
If true, check and fix text coords to avoid clipping. |
|
|
|
@item fontcolor |
|
The color to be used for drawing fonts. For the syntax of this option, check |
|
the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
|
|
The default value of @var{fontcolor} is "black". |
|
|
|
@item fontfile |
|
The font file to be used for drawing text. Path must be included. |
|
This parameter is mandatory. |
|
|
|
@item fontsize |
|
The font size to be used for drawing text. |
|
The default value of @var{fontsize} is 16. |
|
|
|
@item ft_load_flags |
|
Flags to be used for loading the fonts. |
|
|
|
The flags map the corresponding flags supported by libfreetype, and are |
|
a combination of the following values: |
|
@table @var |
|
@item default |
|
@item no_scale |
|
@item no_hinting |
|
@item render |
|
@item no_bitmap |
|
@item vertical_layout |
|
@item force_autohint |
|
@item crop_bitmap |
|
@item pedantic |
|
@item ignore_global_advance_width |
|
@item no_recurse |
|
@item ignore_transform |
|
@item monochrome |
|
@item linear_design |
|
@item no_autohint |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is "default". |
|
|
|
For more information consult the documentation for the FT_LOAD_* |
|
libfreetype flags. |
|
|
|
@item shadowcolor |
|
The color to be used for drawing a shadow behind the drawn text. For the |
|
syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
|
|
The default value of @var{shadowcolor} is "black". |
|
|
|
@item shadowx |
|
@item shadowy |
|
The x and y offsets for the text shadow position with respect to the |
|
position of the text. They can be either positive or negative |
|
values. Default value for both is "0". |
|
|
|
@item start_number |
|
The starting frame number for the n/frame_num variable. The default value |
|
is "0". |
|
|
|
@item tabsize |
|
The size in number of spaces to use for rendering the tab. |
|
Default value is 4. |
|
|
|
@item timecode |
|
Set the initial timecode representation in "hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff" |
|
format. It can be used with or without text parameter. @var{timecode_rate} |
|
option must be specified. |
|
|
|
@item timecode_rate, rate, r |
|
Set the timecode frame rate (timecode only). |
|
|
|
@item text |
|
The text string to be drawn. The text must be a sequence of UTF-8 |
|
encoded characters. |
|
This parameter is mandatory if no file is specified with the parameter |
|
@var{textfile}. |
|
|
|
@item textfile |
|
A text file containing text to be drawn. The text must be a sequence |
|
of UTF-8 encoded characters. |
|
|
|
This parameter is mandatory if no text string is specified with the |
|
parameter @var{text}. |
|
|
|
If both @var{text} and @var{textfile} are specified, an error is thrown. |
|
|
|
@item reload |
|
If set to 1, the @var{textfile} will be reloaded before each frame. |
|
Be sure to update it atomically, or it may be read partially, or even fail. |
|
|
|
@item x |
|
@item y |
|
The expressions which specify the offsets where text will be drawn |
|
within the video frame. They are relative to the top/left border of the |
|
output image. |
|
|
|
The default value of @var{x} and @var{y} is "0". |
|
|
|
See below for the list of accepted constants and functions. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The parameters for @var{x} and @var{y} are expressions containing the |
|
following constants and functions: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item dar |
|
input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar} |
|
|
|
@item hsub |
|
@item vsub |
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the |
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1. |
|
|
|
@item line_h, lh |
|
the height of each text line |
|
|
|
@item main_h, h, H |
|
the input height |
|
|
|
@item main_w, w, W |
|
the input width |
|
|
|
@item max_glyph_a, ascent |
|
the maximum distance from the baseline to the highest/upper grid |
|
coordinate used to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered |
|
glyphs. |
|
It is a positive value, due to the grid's orientation with the Y axis |
|
upwards. |
|
|
|
@item max_glyph_d, descent |
|
the maximum distance from the baseline to the lowest grid coordinate |
|
used to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered glyphs. |
|
This is a negative value, due to the grid's orientation, with the Y axis |
|
upwards. |
|
|
|
@item max_glyph_h |
|
maximum glyph height, that is the maximum height for all the glyphs |
|
contained in the rendered text, it is equivalent to @var{ascent} - |
|
@var{descent}. |
|
|
|
@item max_glyph_w |
|
maximum glyph width, that is the maximum width for all the glyphs |
|
contained in the rendered text |
|
|
|
@item n |
|
the number of input frame, starting from 0 |
|
|
|
@item rand(min, max) |
|
return a random number included between @var{min} and @var{max} |
|
|
|
@item sar |
|
input sample aspect ratio |
|
|
|
@item t |
|
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown |
|
|
|
@item text_h, th |
|
the height of the rendered text |
|
|
|
@item text_w, tw |
|
the width of the rendered text |
|
|
|
@item x |
|
@item y |
|
the x and y offset coordinates where the text is drawn. |
|
|
|
These parameters allow the @var{x} and @var{y} expressions to refer |
|
each other, so you can for example specify @code{y=x/dar}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
If libavfilter was built with @code{--enable-fontconfig}, then |
|
@option{fontfile} can be a fontconfig pattern or omitted. |
|
|
|
@anchor{drawtext_expansion} |
|
@subsection Text expansion |
|
|
|
If @option{expansion} is set to @code{strftime}, |
|
the filter recognizes strftime() sequences in the provided text and |
|
expands them accordingly. Check the documentation of strftime(). This |
|
feature is deprecated. |
|
|
|
If @option{expansion} is set to @code{none}, the text is printed verbatim. |
|
|
|
If @option{expansion} is set to @code{normal} (which is the default), |
|
the following expansion mechanism is used. |
|
|
|
The backslash character '\', followed by any character, always expands to |
|
the second character. |
|
|
|
Sequence of the form @code{%@{...@}} are expanded. The text between the |
|
braces is a function name, possibly followed by arguments separated by ':'. |
|
If the arguments contain special characters or delimiters (':' or '@}'), |
|
they should be escaped. |
|
|
|
Note that they probably must also be escaped as the value for the |
|
@option{text} option in the filter argument string and as the filter |
|
argument in the filtergraph description, and possibly also for the shell, |
|
that makes up to four levels of escaping; using a text file avoids these |
|
problems. |
|
|
|
The following functions are available: |
|
|
|
@table @command |
|
|
|
@item expr, e |
|
The expression evaluation result. |
|
|
|
It must take one argument specifying the expression to be evaluated, |
|
which accepts the same constants and functions as the @var{x} and |
|
@var{y} values. Note that not all constants should be used, for |
|
example the text size is not known when evaluating the expression, so |
|
the constants @var{text_w} and @var{text_h} will have an undefined |
|
value. |
|
|
|
@item gmtime |
|
The time at which the filter is running, expressed in UTC. |
|
It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string. |
|
|
|
@item localtime |
|
The time at which the filter is running, expressed in the local time zone. |
|
It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string. |
|
|
|
@item metadata |
|
Frame metadata. It must take one argument specifying metadata key. |
|
|
|
@item n, frame_num |
|
The frame number, starting from 0. |
|
|
|
@item pict_type |
|
A 1 character description of the current picture type. |
|
|
|
@item pts |
|
The timestamp of the current frame, in seconds, with microsecond accuracy. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Draw "Test Text" with font FreeSerif, using the default values for the |
|
optional parameters. |
|
|
|
@example |
|
drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text'" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Draw 'Test Text' with font FreeSerif of size 24 at position x=100 |
|
and y=50 (counting from the top-left corner of the screen), text is |
|
yellow with a red box around it. Both the text and the box have an |
|
opacity of 20%. |
|
|
|
@example |
|
drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text':\ |
|
x=100: y=50: fontsize=24: fontcolor=yellow@@0.2: box=1: boxcolor=red@@0.2" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Note that the double quotes are not necessary if spaces are not used |
|
within the parameter list. |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Show the text at the center of the video frame: |
|
@example |
|
drawtext="fontsize=30:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='hello world':x=(w-text_w)/2:y=(h-text_h-line_h)/2" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Show a text line sliding from right to left in the last row of the video |
|
frame. The file @file{LONG_LINE} is assumed to contain a single line |
|
with no newlines. |
|
@example |
|
drawtext="fontsize=15:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=LONG_LINE:y=h-line_h:x=-50*t" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Show the content of file @file{CREDITS} off the bottom of the frame and scroll up. |
|
@example |
|
drawtext="fontsize=20:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:textfile=CREDITS:y=h-20*t" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Draw a single green letter "g", at the center of the input video. |
|
The glyph baseline is placed at half screen height. |
|
@example |
|
drawtext="fontsize=60:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=green:text=g:x=(w-max_glyph_w)/2:y=h/2-ascent" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Show text for 1 second every 3 seconds: |
|
@example |
|
drawtext="fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=white:x=100:y=x/dar:enable=lt(mod(t\,3)\,1):text='blink'" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Use fontconfig to set the font. Note that the colons need to be escaped. |
|
@example |
|
drawtext='fontfile=Linux Libertine O-40\:style=Semibold:text=FFmpeg' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Print the date of a real-time encoding (see strftime(3)): |
|
@example |
|
drawtext='fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text=%@{localtime:%a %b %d %Y@}' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
For more information about libfreetype, check: |
|
@url{http://www.freetype.org/}. |
|
|
|
For more information about fontconfig, check: |
|
@url{http://freedesktop.org/software/fontconfig/fontconfig-user.html}. |
|
|
|
@section edgedetect |
|
|
|
Detect and draw edges. The filter uses the Canny Edge Detection algorithm. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item low |
|
@item high |
|
Set low and high threshold values used by the Canny thresholding |
|
algorithm. |
|
|
|
The high threshold selects the "strong" edge pixels, which are then |
|
connected through 8-connectivity with the "weak" edge pixels selected |
|
by the low threshold. |
|
|
|
@var{low} and @var{high} threshold values must be choosen in the range |
|
[0,1], and @var{low} should be lesser or equal to @var{high}. |
|
|
|
Default value for @var{low} is @code{20/255}, and default value for @var{high} |
|
is @code{50/255}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Example: |
|
@example |
|
edgedetect=low=0.1:high=0.4 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section extractplanes |
|
|
|
Extract color channel components from input video stream into |
|
separate grayscale video streams. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following option: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item planes |
|
Set plane(s) to extract. |
|
|
|
Available values for planes are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item y |
|
@item u |
|
@item v |
|
@item a |
|
@item r |
|
@item g |
|
@item b |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Choosing planes not available in the input will result in an error. |
|
That means you cannot select @code{r}, @code{g}, @code{b} planes |
|
with @code{y}, @code{u}, @code{v} planes at same time. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Extract luma, u and v color channel component from input video frame |
|
into 3 grayscale outputs: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i video.avi -filter_complex 'extractplanes=y+u+v[y][u][v]' -map '[y]' y.avi -map '[u]' u.avi -map '[v]' v.avi |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section elbg |
|
|
|
Apply a posterize effect using the ELBG (Enhanced LBG) algorithm. |
|
|
|
For each input image, the filter will compute the optimal mapping from |
|
the input to the output given the codebook length, that is the number |
|
of distinct output colors. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item codebook_length, l |
|
Set codebook length. The value must be a positive integer, and |
|
represents the number of distinct output colors. Default value is 256. |
|
|
|
@item nb_steps, n |
|
Set the maximum number of iterations to apply for computing the optimal |
|
mapping. The higher the value the better the result and the higher the |
|
computation time. Default value is 1. |
|
|
|
@item seed, s |
|
Set a random seed, must be an integer included between 0 and |
|
UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly set to -1, the filter |
|
will try to use a good random seed on a best effort basis. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section fade |
|
|
|
Apply fade-in/out effect to input video. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item type, t |
|
The effect type -- can be either "in" for fade-in, or "out" for a fade-out |
|
effect. |
|
Default is @code{in}. |
|
|
|
@item start_frame, s |
|
Specify the number of the start frame for starting to apply the fade |
|
effect. Default is 0. |
|
|
|
@item nb_frames, n |
|
The number of frames for which the fade effect has to last. At the end of the |
|
fade-in effect the output video will have the same intensity as the input video, |
|
at the end of the fade-out transition the output video will be filled with the |
|
selected @option{color}. |
|
Default is 25. |
|
|
|
@item alpha |
|
If set to 1, fade only alpha channel, if one exists on the input. |
|
Default value is 0. |
|
|
|
@item start_time, st |
|
Specify the timestamp (in seconds) of the frame to start to apply the fade |
|
effect. If both start_frame and start_time are specified, the fade will start at |
|
whichever comes last. Default is 0. |
|
|
|
@item duration, d |
|
The number of seconds for which the fade effect has to last. At the end of the |
|
fade-in effect the output video will have the same intensity as the input video, |
|
at the end of the fade-out transition the output video will be filled with the |
|
selected @option{color}. |
|
If both duration and nb_frames are specified, duration is used. Default is 0. |
|
|
|
@item color, c |
|
Specify the color of the fade. Default is "black". |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Fade in first 30 frames of video: |
|
@example |
|
fade=in:0:30 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The command above is equivalent to: |
|
@example |
|
fade=t=in:s=0:n=30 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Fade out last 45 frames of a 200-frame video: |
|
@example |
|
fade=out:155:45 |
|
fade=type=out:start_frame=155:nb_frames=45 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Fade in first 25 frames and fade out last 25 frames of a 1000-frame video: |
|
@example |
|
fade=in:0:25, fade=out:975:25 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Make first 5 frames yellow, then fade in from frame 5-24: |
|
@example |
|
fade=in:5:20:color=yellow |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Fade in alpha over first 25 frames of video: |
|
@example |
|
fade=in:0:25:alpha=1 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Make first 5.5 seconds black, then fade in for 0.5 seconds: |
|
@example |
|
fade=t=in:st=5.5:d=0.5 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section field |
|
|
|
Extract a single field from an interlaced image using stride |
|
arithmetic to avoid wasting CPU time. The output frames are marked as |
|
non-interlaced. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item type |
|
Specify whether to extract the top (if the value is @code{0} or |
|
@code{top}) or the bottom field (if the value is @code{1} or |
|
@code{bottom}). |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section fieldmatch |
|
|
|
Field matching filter for inverse telecine. It is meant to reconstruct the |
|
progressive frames from a telecined stream. The filter does not drop duplicated |
|
frames, so to achieve a complete inverse telecine @code{fieldmatch} needs to be |
|
followed by a decimation filter such as @ref{decimate} in the filtergraph. |
|
|
|
The separation of the field matching and the decimation is notably motivated by |
|
the possibility of inserting a de-interlacing filter fallback between the two. |
|
If the source has mixed telecined and real interlaced content, |
|
@code{fieldmatch} will not be able to match fields for the interlaced parts. |
|
But these remaining combed frames will be marked as interlaced, and thus can be |
|
de-interlaced by a later filter such as @ref{yadif} before decimation. |
|
|
|
In addition to the various configuration options, @code{fieldmatch} can take an |
|
optional second stream, activated through the @option{ppsrc} option. If |
|
enabled, the frames reconstruction will be based on the fields and frames from |
|
this second stream. This allows the first input to be pre-processed in order to |
|
help the various algorithms of the filter, while keeping the output lossless |
|
(assuming the fields are matched properly). Typically, a field-aware denoiser, |
|
or brightness/contrast adjustments can help. |
|
|
|
Note that this filter uses the same algorithms as TIVTC/TFM (AviSynth project) |
|
and VIVTC/VFM (VapourSynth project). The later is a light clone of TFM from |
|
which @code{fieldmatch} is based on. While the semantic and usage are very |
|
close, some behaviour and options names can differ. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item order |
|
Specify the assumed field order of the input stream. Available values are: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item auto |
|
Auto detect parity (use FFmpeg's internal parity value). |
|
@item bff |
|
Assume bottom field first. |
|
@item tff |
|
Assume top field first. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Note that it is sometimes recommended not to trust the parity announced by the |
|
stream. |
|
|
|
Default value is @var{auto}. |
|
|
|
@item mode |
|
Set the matching mode or strategy to use. @option{pc} mode is the safest in the |
|
sense that it won't risk creating jerkiness due to duplicate frames when |
|
possible, but if there are bad edits or blended fields it will end up |
|
outputting combed frames when a good match might actually exist. On the other |
|
hand, @option{pcn_ub} mode is the most risky in terms of creating jerkiness, |
|
but will almost always find a good frame if there is one. The other values are |
|
all somewhere in between @option{pc} and @option{pcn_ub} in terms of risking |
|
jerkiness and creating duplicate frames versus finding good matches in sections |
|
with bad edits, orphaned fields, blended fields, etc. |
|
|
|
More details about p/c/n/u/b are available in @ref{p/c/n/u/b meaning} section. |
|
|
|
Available values are: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item pc |
|
2-way matching (p/c) |
|
@item pc_n |
|
2-way matching, and trying 3rd match if still combed (p/c + n) |
|
@item pc_u |
|
2-way matching, and trying 3rd match (same order) if still combed (p/c + u) |
|
@item pc_n_ub |
|
2-way matching, trying 3rd match if still combed, and trying 4th/5th matches if |
|
still combed (p/c + n + u/b) |
|
@item pcn |
|
3-way matching (p/c/n) |
|
@item pcn_ub |
|
3-way matching, and trying 4th/5th matches if all 3 of the original matches are |
|
detected as combed (p/c/n + u/b) |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The parenthesis at the end indicate the matches that would be used for that |
|
mode assuming @option{order}=@var{tff} (and @option{field} on @var{auto} or |
|
@var{top}). |
|
|
|
In terms of speed @option{pc} mode is by far the fastest and @option{pcn_ub} is |
|
the slowest. |
|
|
|
Default value is @var{pc_n}. |
|
|
|
@item ppsrc |
|
Mark the main input stream as a pre-processed input, and enable the secondary |
|
input stream as the clean source to pick the fields from. See the filter |
|
introduction for more details. It is similar to the @option{clip2} feature from |
|
VFM/TFM. |
|
|
|
Default value is @code{0} (disabled). |
|
|
|
@item field |
|
Set the field to match from. It is recommended to set this to the same value as |
|
@option{order} unless you experience matching failures with that setting. In |
|
certain circumstances changing the field that is used to match from can have a |
|
large impact on matching performance. Available values are: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item auto |
|
Automatic (same value as @option{order}). |
|
@item bottom |
|
Match from the bottom field. |
|
@item top |
|
Match from the top field. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @var{auto}. |
|
|
|
@item mchroma |
|
Set whether or not chroma is included during the match comparisons. In most |
|
cases it is recommended to leave this enabled. You should set this to @code{0} |
|
only if your clip has bad chroma problems such as heavy rainbowing or other |
|
artifacts. Setting this to @code{0} could also be used to speed things up at |
|
the cost of some accuracy. |
|
|
|
Default value is @code{1}. |
|
|
|
@item y0 |
|
@item y1 |
|
These define an exclusion band which excludes the lines between @option{y0} and |
|
@option{y1} from being included in the field matching decision. An exclusion |
|
band can be used to ignore subtitles, a logo, or other things that may |
|
interfere with the matching. @option{y0} sets the starting scan line and |
|
@option{y1} sets the ending line; all lines in between @option{y0} and |
|
@option{y1} (including @option{y0} and @option{y1}) will be ignored. Setting |
|
@option{y0} and @option{y1} to the same value will disable the feature. |
|
@option{y0} and @option{y1} defaults to @code{0}. |
|
|
|
@item scthresh |
|
Set the scene change detection threshold as a percentage of maximum change on |
|
the luma plane. Good values are in the @code{[8.0, 14.0]} range. Scene change |
|
detection is only relevant in case @option{combmatch}=@var{sc}. The range for |
|
@option{scthresh} is @code{[0.0, 100.0]}. |
|
|
|
Default value is @code{12.0}. |
|
|
|
@item combmatch |
|
When @option{combatch} is not @var{none}, @code{fieldmatch} will take into |
|
account the combed scores of matches when deciding what match to use as the |
|
final match. Available values are: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item none |
|
No final matching based on combed scores. |
|
@item sc |
|
Combed scores are only used when a scene change is detected. |
|
@item full |
|
Use combed scores all the time. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default is @var{sc}. |
|
|
|
@item combdbg |
|
Force @code{fieldmatch} to calculate the combed metrics for certain matches and |
|
print them. This setting is known as @option{micout} in TFM/VFM vocabulary. |
|
Available values are: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item none |
|
No forced calculation. |
|
@item pcn |
|
Force p/c/n calculations. |
|
@item pcnub |
|
Force p/c/n/u/b calculations. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @var{none}. |
|
|
|
@item cthresh |
|
This is the area combing threshold used for combed frame detection. This |
|
essentially controls how "strong" or "visible" combing must be to be detected. |
|
Larger values mean combing must be more visible and smaller values mean combing |
|
can be less visible or strong and still be detected. Valid settings are from |
|
@code{-1} (every pixel will be detected as combed) to @code{255} (no pixel will |
|
be detected as combed). This is basically a pixel difference value. A good |
|
range is @code{[8, 12]}. |
|
|
|
Default value is @code{9}. |
|
|
|
@item chroma |
|
Sets whether or not chroma is considered in the combed frame decision. Only |
|
disable this if your source has chroma problems (rainbowing, etc.) that are |
|
causing problems for the combed frame detection with chroma enabled. Actually, |
|
using @option{chroma}=@var{0} is usually more reliable, except for the case |
|
where there is chroma only combing in the source. |
|
|
|
Default value is @code{0}. |
|
|
|
@item blockx |
|
@item blocky |
|
Respectively set the x-axis and y-axis size of the window used during combed |
|
frame detection. This has to do with the size of the area in which |
|
@option{combpel} pixels are required to be detected as combed for a frame to be |
|
declared combed. See the @option{combpel} parameter description for more info. |
|
Possible values are any number that is a power of 2 starting at 4 and going up |
|
to 512. |
|
|
|
Default value is @code{16}. |
|
|
|
@item combpel |
|
The number of combed pixels inside any of the @option{blocky} by |
|
@option{blockx} size blocks on the frame for the frame to be detected as |
|
combed. While @option{cthresh} controls how "visible" the combing must be, this |
|
setting controls "how much" combing there must be in any localized area (a |
|
window defined by the @option{blockx} and @option{blocky} settings) on the |
|
frame. Minimum value is @code{0} and maximum is @code{blocky x blockx} (at |
|
which point no frames will ever be detected as combed). This setting is known |
|
as @option{MI} in TFM/VFM vocabulary. |
|
|
|
Default value is @code{80}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@anchor{p/c/n/u/b meaning} |
|
@subsection p/c/n/u/b meaning |
|
|
|
@subsubsection p/c/n |
|
|
|
We assume the following telecined stream: |
|
|
|
@example |
|
Top fields: 1 2 2 3 4 |
|
Bottom fields: 1 2 3 4 4 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The numbers correspond to the progressive frame the fields relate to. Here, the |
|
first two frames are progressive, the 3rd and 4th are combed, and so on. |
|
|
|
When @code{fieldmatch} is configured to run a matching from bottom |
|
(@option{field}=@var{bottom}) this is how this input stream get transformed: |
|
|
|
@example |
|
Input stream: |
|
T 1 2 2 3 4 |
|
B 1 2 3 4 4 <-- matching reference |
|
|
|
Matches: c c n n c |
|
|
|
Output stream: |
|
T 1 2 3 4 4 |
|
B 1 2 3 4 4 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
As a result of the field matching, we can see that some frames get duplicated. |
|
To perform a complete inverse telecine, you need to rely on a decimation filter |
|
after this operation. See for instance the @ref{decimate} filter. |
|
|
|
The same operation now matching from top fields (@option{field}=@var{top}) |
|
looks like this: |
|
|
|
@example |
|
Input stream: |
|
T 1 2 2 3 4 <-- matching reference |
|
B 1 2 3 4 4 |
|
|
|
Matches: c c p p c |
|
|
|
Output stream: |
|
T 1 2 2 3 4 |
|
B 1 2 2 3 4 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
In these examples, we can see what @var{p}, @var{c} and @var{n} mean; |
|
basically, they refer to the frame and field of the opposite parity: |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item @var{p} matches the field of the opposite parity in the previous frame |
|
@item @var{c} matches the field of the opposite parity in the current frame |
|
@item @var{n} matches the field of the opposite parity in the next frame |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@subsubsection u/b |
|
|
|
The @var{u} and @var{b} matching are a bit special in the sense that they match |
|
from the opposite parity flag. In the following examples, we assume that we are |
|
currently matching the 2nd frame (Top:2, bottom:2). According to the match, a |
|
'x' is placed above and below each matched fields. |
|
|
|
With bottom matching (@option{field}=@var{bottom}): |
|
@example |
|
Match: c p n b u |
|
|
|
x x x x x |
|
Top 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 |
|
Bottom 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 |
|
x x x x x |
|
|
|
Output frames: |
|
2 1 2 2 2 |
|
2 2 2 1 3 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
With top matching (@option{field}=@var{top}): |
|
@example |
|
Match: c p n b u |
|
|
|
x x x x x |
|
Top 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 |
|
Bottom 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 |
|
x x x x x |
|
|
|
Output frames: |
|
2 2 2 1 2 |
|
2 1 3 2 2 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
Simple IVTC of a top field first telecined stream: |
|
@example |
|
fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=none, decimate |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Advanced IVTC, with fallback on @ref{yadif} for still combed frames: |
|
@example |
|
fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=full, yadif=deint=interlaced, decimate |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section fieldorder |
|
|
|
Transform the field order of the input video. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item order |
|
Output field order. Valid values are @var{tff} for top field first or @var{bff} |
|
for bottom field first. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{tff}. |
|
|
|
Transformation is achieved by shifting the picture content up or down |
|
by one line, and filling the remaining line with appropriate picture content. |
|
This method is consistent with most broadcast field order converters. |
|
|
|
If the input video is not flagged as being interlaced, or it is already |
|
flagged as being of the required output field order then this filter does |
|
not alter the incoming video. |
|
|
|
This filter is very useful when converting to or from PAL DV material, |
|
which is bottom field first. |
|
|
|
For example: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i in.vob -vf "fieldorder=bff" out.dv |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section fifo |
|
|
|
Buffer input images and send them when they are requested. |
|
|
|
This filter is mainly useful when auto-inserted by the libavfilter |
|
framework. |
|
|
|
The filter does not take parameters. |
|
|
|
@anchor{format} |
|
@section format |
|
|
|
Convert the input video to one of the specified pixel formats. |
|
Libavfilter will try to pick one that is supported for the input to |
|
the next filter. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following parameters: |
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item pix_fmts |
|
A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, for example |
|
"pix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24". |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Convert the input video to the format @var{yuv420p} |
|
@example |
|
format=pix_fmts=yuv420p |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Convert the input video to any of the formats in the list |
|
@example |
|
format=pix_fmts=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@anchor{fps} |
|
@section fps |
|
|
|
Convert the video to specified constant frame rate by duplicating or dropping |
|
frames as necessary. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following named parameters: |
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item fps |
|
Desired output frame rate. The default is @code{25}. |
|
|
|
@item round |
|
Rounding method. |
|
|
|
Possible values are: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item zero |
|
zero round towards 0 |
|
@item inf |
|
round away from 0 |
|
@item down |
|
round towards -infinity |
|
@item up |
|
round towards +infinity |
|
@item near |
|
round to nearest |
|
@end table |
|
The default is @code{near}. |
|
|
|
@item start_time |
|
Assume the first PTS should be the given value, in seconds. This allows for |
|
padding/trimming at the start of stream. By default, no assumption is made |
|
about the first frame's expected PTS, so no padding or trimming is done. |
|
For example, this could be set to 0 to pad the beginning with duplicates of |
|
the first frame if a video stream starts after the audio stream or to trim any |
|
frames with a negative PTS. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string: |
|
@var{fps}[:@var{round}]. |
|
|
|
See also the @ref{setpts} filter. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
A typical usage in order to set the fps to 25: |
|
@example |
|
fps=fps=25 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Sets the fps to 24, using abbreviation and rounding method to round to nearest: |
|
@example |
|
fps=fps=film:round=near |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section framepack |
|
|
|
Pack two different video streams into a stereoscopic video, setting proper |
|
metadata on supported codecs. The two views should have the same size and |
|
framerate and processing will stop when the shorter video ends. Please note |
|
that you may conveniently adjust view properties with the @ref{scale} and |
|
@ref{fps} filters. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following named parameters: |
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item format |
|
Desired packing format. Supported values are: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item sbs |
|
Views are next to each other (default). |
|
|
|
@item tab |
|
Views are on top of each other. |
|
|
|
@item lines |
|
Views are packed by line. |
|
|
|
@item columns |
|
Views are eacked by column. |
|
|
|
@item frameseq |
|
Views are temporally interleaved. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Some examples follow: |
|
|
|
@example |
|
# Convert left and right views into a frame sequential video. |
|
ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex framepack=frameseq OUTPUT |
|
|
|
# Convert views into a side-by-side video with the same output resolution as the input. |
|
ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex [0:v]scale=w=iw/2[left],[1:v]scale=w=iw/2[right],[left][right]framepack=sbs OUTPUT |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section framestep |
|
|
|
Select one frame every N-th frame. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following option: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item step |
|
Select frame after every @code{step} frames. |
|
Allowed values are positive integers higher than 0. Default value is @code{1}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@anchor{frei0r} |
|
@section frei0r |
|
|
|
Apply a frei0r effect to the input video. |
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to install the frei0r |
|
header and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-frei0r}. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item filter_name |
|
The name to the frei0r effect to load. If the environment variable |
|
@env{FREI0R_PATH} is defined, the frei0r effect is searched in each one of the |
|
directories specified by the colon separated list in @env{FREIOR_PATH}, |
|
otherwise in the standard frei0r paths, which are in this order: |
|
@file{HOME/.frei0r-1/lib/}, @file{/usr/local/lib/frei0r-1/}, |
|
@file{/usr/lib/frei0r-1/}. |
|
|
|
@item filter_params |
|
A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r effect. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
A frei0r effect parameter can be a boolean (whose values are specified |
|
with "y" and "n"), a double, a color (specified by the syntax |
|
@var{R}/@var{G}/@var{B}, (@var{R}, @var{G}, and @var{B} being float |
|
numbers from 0.0 to 1.0) or by a color description specified in the "Color" |
|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual), a position (specified by the syntax @var{X}/@var{Y}, |
|
@var{X} and @var{Y} being float numbers) and a string. |
|
|
|
The number and kind of parameters depend on the loaded effect. If an |
|
effect parameter is not specified the default value is set. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Apply the distort0r effect, set the first two double parameters: |
|
@example |
|
frei0r=filter_name=distort0r:filter_params=0.5|0.01 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply the colordistance effect, take a color as first parameter: |
|
@example |
|
frei0r=colordistance:0.2/0.3/0.4 |
|
frei0r=colordistance:violet |
|
frei0r=colordistance:0x112233 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply the perspective effect, specify the top left and top right image |
|
positions: |
|
@example |
|
frei0r=perspective:0.2/0.2|0.8/0.2 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
For more information see: |
|
@url{http://frei0r.dyne.org} |
|
|
|
@section geq |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item lum_expr, lum |
|
Set the luminance expression. |
|
@item cb_expr, cb |
|
Set the chrominance blue expression. |
|
@item cr_expr, cr |
|
Set the chrominance red expression. |
|
@item alpha_expr, a |
|
Set the alpha expression. |
|
@item red_expr, r |
|
Set the red expression. |
|
@item green_expr, g |
|
Set the green expression. |
|
@item blue_expr, b |
|
Set the blue expression. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The colorspace is selected according to the specified options. If one |
|
of the @option{lum_expr}, @option{cb_expr}, or @option{cr_expr} |
|
options is specified, the filter will automatically select a YCbCr |
|
colorspace. If one of the @option{red_expr}, @option{green_expr}, or |
|
@option{blue_expr} options is specified, it will select an RGB |
|
colorspace. |
|
|
|
If one of the chrominance expression is not defined, it falls back on the other |
|
one. If no alpha expression is specified it will evaluate to opaque value. |
|
If none of chrominance expressions are specified, they will evaluate |
|
to the luminance expression. |
|
|
|
The expressions can use the following variables and functions: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item N |
|
The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from @code{0}. |
|
|
|
@item X |
|
@item Y |
|
The coordinates of the current sample. |
|
|
|
@item W |
|
@item H |
|
The width and height of the image. |
|
|
|
@item SW |
|
@item SH |
|
Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the |
|
ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of pixels and the current |
|
plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are @code{1,1} for the luma plane, and |
|
@code{0.5,0.5} for chroma planes. |
|
|
|
@item T |
|
Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds. |
|
|
|
@item p(x, y) |
|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the current |
|
plane. |
|
|
|
@item lum(x, y) |
|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the luminance |
|
plane. |
|
|
|
@item cb(x, y) |
|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the |
|
blue-difference chroma plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane. |
|
|
|
@item cr(x, y) |
|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the |
|
red-difference chroma plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane. |
|
|
|
@item r(x, y) |
|
@item g(x, y) |
|
@item b(x, y) |
|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the |
|
red/green/blue component. Return 0 if there is no such component. |
|
|
|
@item alpha(x, y) |
|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the alpha |
|
plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
For functions, if @var{x} and @var{y} are outside the area, the value will be |
|
automatically clipped to the closer edge. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Flip the image horizontally: |
|
@example |
|
geq=p(W-X\,Y) |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate a bidimensional sine wave, with angle @code{PI/3} and a |
|
wavelength of 100 pixels: |
|
@example |
|
geq=128 + 100*sin(2*(PI/100)*(cos(PI/3)*(X-50*T) + sin(PI/3)*Y)):128:128 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate a fancy enigmatic moving light: |
|
@example |
|
nullsrc=s=256x256,geq=random(1)/hypot(X-cos(N*0.07)*W/2-W/2\,Y-sin(N*0.09)*H/2-H/2)^2*1000000*sin(N*0.02):128:128 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate a quick emboss effect: |
|
@example |
|
format=gray,geq=lum_expr='(p(X,Y)+(256-p(X-4,Y-4)))/2' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Modify RGB components depending on pixel position: |
|
@example |
|
geq=r='X/W*r(X,Y)':g='(1-X/W)*g(X,Y)':b='(H-Y)/H*b(X,Y)' |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section gradfun |
|
|
|
Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat |
|
regions by truncation to 8bit color depth. |
|
Interpolate the gradients that should go where the bands are, and |
|
dither them. |
|
|
|
This filter is designed for playback only. Do not use it prior to |
|
lossy compression, because compression tends to lose the dither and |
|
bring back the bands. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item strength |
|
The maximum amount by which the filter will change any one pixel. Also the |
|
threshold for detecting nearly flat regions. Acceptable values range from .51 to |
|
64, default value is 1.2, out-of-range values will be clipped to the valid |
|
range. |
|
|
|
@item radius |
|
The neighborhood to fit the gradient to. A larger radius makes for smoother |
|
gradients, but also prevents the filter from modifying the pixels near detailed |
|
regions. Acceptable values are 8-32, default value is 16, out-of-range values |
|
will be clipped to the valid range. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string: |
|
@var{strength}[:@var{radius}] |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Apply the filter with a @code{3.5} strength and radius of @code{8}: |
|
@example |
|
gradfun=3.5:8 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Specify radius, omitting the strength (which will fall-back to the default |
|
value): |
|
@example |
|
gradfun=radius=8 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@anchor{haldclut} |
|
@section haldclut |
|
|
|
Apply a Hald CLUT to a video stream. |
|
|
|
First input is the video stream to process, and second one is the Hald CLUT. |
|
The Hald CLUT input can be a simple picture or a complete video stream. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item shortest |
|
Force termination when the shortest input terminates. Default is @code{0}. |
|
@item repeatlast |
|
Continue applying the last CLUT after the end of the stream. A value of |
|
@code{0} disable the filter after the last frame of the CLUT is reached. |
|
Default is @code{1}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@code{haldclut} also has the same interpolation options as @ref{lut3d} (both |
|
filters share the same internals). |
|
|
|
More information about the Hald CLUT can be found on Eskil Steenberg's website |
|
(Hald CLUT author) at @url{http://www.quelsolaar.com/technology/clut.html}. |
|
|
|
@subsection Workflow examples |
|
|
|
@subsubsection Hald CLUT video stream |
|
|
|
Generate an identity Hald CLUT stream altered with various effects: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i @ref{haldclutsrc}=8 -vf "hue=H=2*PI*t:s=sin(2*PI*t)+1, curves=cross_process" -t 10 -c:v ffv1 clut.nut |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Note: make sure you use a lossless codec. |
|
|
|
Then use it with @code{haldclut} to apply it on some random stream: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i mandelbrot -i clut.nut -filter_complex '[0][1] haldclut' -t 20 mandelclut.mkv |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The Hald CLUT will be applied to the 10 first seconds (duration of |
|
@file{clut.nut}), then the latest picture of that CLUT stream will be applied |
|
to the remaining frames of the @code{mandelbrot} stream. |
|
|
|
@subsubsection Hald CLUT with preview |
|
|
|
A Hald CLUT is supposed to be a squared image of @code{Level*Level*Level} by |
|
@code{Level*Level*Level} pixels. For a given Hald CLUT, FFmpeg will select the |
|
biggest possible square starting at the top left of the picture. The remaining |
|
padding pixels (bottom or right) will be ignored. This area can be used to add |
|
a preview of the Hald CLUT. |
|
|
|
Typically, the following generated Hald CLUT will be supported by the |
|
@code{haldclut} filter: |
|
|
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i @ref{haldclutsrc}=8 -vf " |
|
pad=iw+320 [padded_clut]; |
|
smptebars=s=320x256, split [a][b]; |
|
[padded_clut][a] overlay=W-320:h, curves=color_negative [main]; |
|
[main][b] overlay=W-320" -frames:v 1 clut.png |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
It contains the original and a preview of the effect of the CLUT: SMPTE color |
|
bars are displayed on the right-top, and below the same color bars processed by |
|
the color changes. |
|
|
|
Then, the effect of this Hald CLUT can be visualized with: |
|
@example |
|
ffplay input.mkv -vf "movie=clut.png, [in] haldclut" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section hflip |
|
|
|
Flip the input video horizontally. |
|
|
|
For example to horizontally flip the input video with @command{ffmpeg}: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "hflip" out.avi |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section histeq |
|
This filter applies a global color histogram equalization on a |
|
per-frame basis. |
|
|
|
It can be used to correct video that has a compressed range of pixel |
|
intensities. The filter redistributes the pixel intensities to |
|
equalize their distribution across the intensity range. It may be |
|
viewed as an "automatically adjusting contrast filter". This filter is |
|
useful only for correcting degraded or poorly captured source |
|
video. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item strength |
|
Determine the amount of equalization to be applied. As the strength |
|
is reduced, the distribution of pixel intensities more-and-more |
|
approaches that of the input frame. The value must be a float number |
|
in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.200. |
|
|
|
@item intensity |
|
Set the maximum intensity that can generated and scale the output |
|
values appropriately. The strength should be set as desired and then |
|
the intensity can be limited if needed to avoid washing-out. The value |
|
must be a float number in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.210. |
|
|
|
@item antibanding |
|
Set the antibanding level. If enabled the filter will randomly vary |
|
the luminance of output pixels by a small amount to avoid banding of |
|
the histogram. Possible values are @code{none}, @code{weak} or |
|
@code{strong}. It defaults to @code{none}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section histogram |
|
|
|
Compute and draw a color distribution histogram for the input video. |
|
|
|
The computed histogram is a representation of distribution of color components |
|
in an image. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item mode |
|
Set histogram mode. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item levels |
|
standard histogram that display color components distribution in an image. |
|
Displays color graph for each color component. Shows distribution |
|
of the Y, U, V, A or R, G, B components, depending on input format, |
|
in current frame. Bellow each graph is color component scale meter. |
|
|
|
@item color |
|
chroma values in vectorscope, if brighter more such chroma values are |
|
distributed in an image. |
|
Displays chroma values (U/V color placement) in two dimensional graph |
|
(which is called a vectorscope). It can be used to read of the hue and |
|
saturation of the current frame. At a same time it is a histogram. |
|
The whiter a pixel in the vectorscope, the more pixels of the input frame |
|
correspond to that pixel (that is the more pixels have this chroma value). |
|
The V component is displayed on the horizontal (X) axis, with the leftmost |
|
side being V = 0 and the rightmost side being V = 255. |
|
The U component is displayed on the vertical (Y) axis, with the top |
|
representing U = 0 and the bottom representing U = 255. |
|
|
|
The position of a white pixel in the graph corresponds to the chroma value |
|
of a pixel of the input clip. So the graph can be used to read of the |
|
hue (color flavor) and the saturation (the dominance of the hue in the color). |
|
As the hue of a color changes, it moves around the square. At the center of |
|
the square, the saturation is zero, which means that the corresponding pixel |
|
has no color. If you increase the amount of a specific color, while leaving |
|
the other colors unchanged, the saturation increases, and you move towards |
|
the edge of the square. |
|
|
|
@item color2 |
|
chroma values in vectorscope, similar as @code{color} but actual chroma values |
|
are displayed. |
|
|
|
@item waveform |
|
per row/column color component graph. In row mode graph in the left side represents |
|
color component value 0 and right side represents value = 255. In column mode top |
|
side represents color component value = 0 and bottom side represents value = 255. |
|
@end table |
|
Default value is @code{levels}. |
|
|
|
@item level_height |
|
Set height of level in @code{levels}. Default value is @code{200}. |
|
Allowed range is [50, 2048]. |
|
|
|
@item scale_height |
|
Set height of color scale in @code{levels}. Default value is @code{12}. |
|
Allowed range is [0, 40]. |
|
|
|
@item step |
|
Set step for @code{waveform} mode. Smaller values are useful to find out how much |
|
of same luminance values across input rows/columns are distributed. |
|
Default value is @code{10}. Allowed range is [1, 255]. |
|
|
|
@item waveform_mode |
|
Set mode for @code{waveform}. Can be either @code{row}, or @code{column}. |
|
Default is @code{row}. |
|
|
|
@item waveform_mirror |
|
Set mirroring mode for @code{waveform}. @code{0} means unmirrored, @code{1} |
|
means mirrored. In mirrored mode, higher values will be represented on the left |
|
side for @code{row} mode and at the top for @code{column} mode. Default is |
|
@code{0} (unmirrored). |
|
|
|
@item display_mode |
|
Set display mode for @code{waveform} and @code{levels}. |
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item parade |
|
Display separate graph for the color components side by side in |
|
@code{row} waveform mode or one below other in @code{column} waveform mode |
|
for @code{waveform} histogram mode. For @code{levels} histogram mode |
|
per color component graphs are placed one bellow other. |
|
|
|
This display mode in @code{waveform} histogram mode makes it easy to spot |
|
color casts in the highlights and shadows of an image, by comparing the |
|
contours of the top and the bottom of each waveform. |
|
Since whites, grays, and blacks are characterized by |
|
exactly equal amounts of red, green, and blue, neutral areas of the |
|
picture should display three waveforms of roughly equal width/height. |
|
If not, the correction is easy to make by making adjustments to level the |
|
three waveforms. |
|
|
|
@item overlay |
|
Presents information that's identical to that in the @code{parade}, except |
|
that the graphs representing color components are superimposed directly |
|
over one another. |
|
|
|
This display mode in @code{waveform} histogram mode can make it easier to spot |
|
the relative differences or similarities in overlapping areas of the color |
|
components that are supposed to be identical, such as neutral whites, grays, |
|
or blacks. |
|
@end table |
|
Default is @code{parade}. |
|
|
|
@item levels_mode |
|
Set mode for @code{levels}. Can be either @code{linear}, or @code{logarithmic}. |
|
Default is @code{linear}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Calculate and draw histogram: |
|
@example |
|
ffplay -i input -vf histogram |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@anchor{hqdn3d} |
|
@section hqdn3d |
|
|
|
High precision/quality 3d denoise filter. This filter aims to reduce |
|
image noise producing smooth images and making still images really |
|
still. It should enhance compressibility. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following optional parameters: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item luma_spatial |
|
a non-negative float number which specifies spatial luma strength, |
|
defaults to 4.0 |
|
|
|
@item chroma_spatial |
|
a non-negative float number which specifies spatial chroma strength, |
|
defaults to 3.0*@var{luma_spatial}/4.0 |
|
|
|
@item luma_tmp |
|
a float number which specifies luma temporal strength, defaults to |
|
6.0*@var{luma_spatial}/4.0 |
|
|
|
@item chroma_tmp |
|
a float number which specifies chroma temporal strength, defaults to |
|
@var{luma_tmp}*@var{chroma_spatial}/@var{luma_spatial} |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section hue |
|
|
|
Modify the hue and/or the saturation of the input. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item h |
|
Specify the hue angle as a number of degrees. It accepts an expression, |
|
and defaults to "0". |
|
|
|
@item s |
|
Specify the saturation in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and |
|
defaults to "1". |
|
|
|
@item H |
|
Specify the hue angle as a number of radians. It accepts an |
|
expression, and defaults to "0". |
|
|
|
@item b |
|
Specify the brightness in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and |
|
defaults to "0". |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@option{h} and @option{H} are mutually exclusive, and can't be |
|
specified at the same time. |
|
|
|
The @option{b}, @option{h}, @option{H} and @option{s} option values are |
|
expressions containing the following constants: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item n |
|
frame count of the input frame starting from 0 |
|
|
|
@item pts |
|
presentation timestamp of the input frame expressed in time base units |
|
|
|
@item r |
|
frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown |
|
|
|
@item t |
|
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown |
|
|
|
@item tb |
|
time base of the input video |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Set the hue to 90 degrees and the saturation to 1.0: |
|
@example |
|
hue=h=90:s=1 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Same command but expressing the hue in radians: |
|
@example |
|
hue=H=PI/2:s=1 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Rotate hue and make the saturation swing between 0 |
|
and 2 over a period of 1 second: |
|
@example |
|
hue="H=2*PI*t: s=sin(2*PI*t)+1" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-in effect starting at 0: |
|
@example |
|
hue="s=min(t/3\,1)" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The general fade-in expression can be written as: |
|
@example |
|
hue="s=min(0\, max((t-START)/DURATION\, 1))" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-out effect starting at 5 seconds: |
|
@example |
|
hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (8-t)/3))" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The general fade-out expression can be written as: |
|
@example |
|
hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (START+DURATION-t)/DURATION))" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@subsection Commands |
|
|
|
This filter supports the following commands: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item b |
|
@item s |
|
@item h |
|
@item H |
|
Modify the hue and/or the saturation and/or brightness of the input video. |
|
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option. |
|
|
|
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current |
|
value. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section idet |
|
|
|
Detect video interlacing type. |
|
|
|
This filter tries to detect if the input is interlaced or progressive, |
|
top or bottom field first. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item intl_thres |
|
Set interlacing threshold. |
|
@item prog_thres |
|
Set progressive threshold. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section il |
|
|
|
Deinterleave or interleave fields. |
|
|
|
This filter allows to process interlaced images fields without |
|
deinterlacing them. Deinterleaving splits the input frame into 2 |
|
fields (so called half pictures). Odd lines are moved to the top |
|
half of the output image, even lines to the bottom half. |
|
You can process (filter) them independently and then re-interleave them. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item luma_mode, l |
|
@item chroma_mode, c |
|
@item alpha_mode, a |
|
Available values for @var{luma_mode}, @var{chroma_mode} and |
|
@var{alpha_mode} are: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item none |
|
Do nothing. |
|
|
|
@item deinterleave, d |
|
Deinterleave fields, placing one above the other. |
|
|
|
@item interleave, i |
|
Interleave fields. Reverse the effect of deinterleaving. |
|
@end table |
|
Default value is @code{none}. |
|
|
|
@item luma_swap, ls |
|
@item chroma_swap, cs |
|
@item alpha_swap, as |
|
Swap luma/chroma/alpha fields. Exchange even & odd lines. Default value is @code{0}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section interlace |
|
|
|
Simple interlacing filter from progressive contents. This interleaves upper (or |
|
lower) lines from odd frames with lower (or upper) lines from even frames, |
|
halving the frame rate and preserving image height. |
|
|
|
@example |
|
Original Original New Frame |
|
Frame 'j' Frame 'j+1' (tff) |
|
========== =========== ================== |
|
Line 0 --------------------> Frame 'j' Line 0 |
|
Line 1 Line 1 ----> Frame 'j+1' Line 1 |
|
Line 2 ---------------------> Frame 'j' Line 2 |
|
Line 3 Line 3 ----> Frame 'j+1' Line 3 |
|
... ... ... |
|
New Frame + 1 will be generated by Frame 'j+2' and Frame 'j+3' and so on |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
It accepts the following optional parameters: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item scan |
|
determines whether the interlaced frame is taken from the even (tff - default) |
|
or odd (bff) lines of the progressive frame. |
|
|
|
@item lowpass |
|
Enable (default) or disable the vertical lowpass filter to avoid twitter |
|
interlacing and reduce moire patterns. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section kerndeint |
|
|
|
Deinterlace input video by applying Donald Graft's adaptive kernel |
|
deinterling. Work on interlaced parts of a video to produce |
|
progressive frames. |
|
|
|
The description of the accepted parameters follows. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item thresh |
|
Set the threshold which affects the filter's tolerance when |
|
determining if a pixel line must be processed. It must be an integer |
|
in the range [0,255] and defaults to 10. A value of 0 will result in |
|
applying the process on every pixels. |
|
|
|
@item map |
|
Paint pixels exceeding the threshold value to white if set to 1. |
|
Default is 0. |
|
|
|
@item order |
|
Set the fields order. Swap fields if set to 1, leave fields alone if |
|
0. Default is 0. |
|
|
|
@item sharp |
|
Enable additional sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0. |
|
|
|
@item twoway |
|
Enable twoway sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Apply default values: |
|
@example |
|
kerndeint=thresh=10:map=0:order=0:sharp=0:twoway=0 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Enable additional sharpening: |
|
@example |
|
kerndeint=sharp=1 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Paint processed pixels in white: |
|
@example |
|
kerndeint=map=1 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@anchor{lut3d} |
|
@section lut3d |
|
|
|
Apply a 3D LUT to an input video. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item file |
|
Set the 3D LUT file name. |
|
|
|
Currently supported formats: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item 3dl |
|
AfterEffects |
|
@item cube |
|
Iridas |
|
@item dat |
|
DaVinci |
|
@item m3d |
|
Pandora |
|
@end table |
|
@item interp |
|
Select interpolation mode. |
|
|
|
Available values are: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item nearest |
|
Use values from the nearest defined point. |
|
@item trilinear |
|
Interpolate values using the 8 points defining a cube. |
|
@item tetrahedral |
|
Interpolate values using a tetrahedron. |
|
@end table |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section lut, lutrgb, lutyuv |
|
|
|
Compute a look-up table for binding each pixel component input value |
|
to an output value, and apply it to input video. |
|
|
|
@var{lutyuv} applies a lookup table to a YUV input video, @var{lutrgb} |
|
to an RGB input video. |
|
|
|
These filters accept the following options: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item c0 |
|
set first pixel component expression |
|
@item c1 |
|
set second pixel component expression |
|
@item c2 |
|
set third pixel component expression |
|
@item c3 |
|
set fourth pixel component expression, corresponds to the alpha component |
|
|
|
@item r |
|
set red component expression |
|
@item g |
|
set green component expression |
|
@item b |
|
set blue component expression |
|
@item a |
|
alpha component expression |
|
|
|
@item y |
|
set Y/luminance component expression |
|
@item u |
|
set U/Cb component expression |
|
@item v |
|
set V/Cr component expression |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Each of them specifies the expression to use for computing the lookup table for |
|
the corresponding pixel component values. |
|
|
|
The exact component associated to each of the @var{c*} options depends on the |
|
format in input. |
|
|
|
The @var{lut} filter requires either YUV or RGB pixel formats in input, |
|
@var{lutrgb} requires RGB pixel formats in input, and @var{lutyuv} requires YUV. |
|
|
|
The expressions can contain the following constants and functions: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item w |
|
@item h |
|
the input width and height |
|
|
|
@item val |
|
input value for the pixel component |
|
|
|
@item clipval |
|
the input value clipped in the @var{minval}-@var{maxval} range |
|
|
|
@item maxval |
|
maximum value for the pixel component |
|
|
|
@item minval |
|
minimum value for the pixel component |
|
|
|
@item negval |
|
the negated value for the pixel component value clipped in the |
|
@var{minval}-@var{maxval} range , it corresponds to the expression |
|
"maxval-clipval+minval" |
|
|
|
@item clip(val) |
|
the computed value in @var{val} clipped in the |
|
@var{minval}-@var{maxval} range |
|
|
|
@item gammaval(gamma) |
|
the computed gamma correction value of the pixel component value |
|
clipped in the @var{minval}-@var{maxval} range, corresponds to the |
|
expression |
|
"pow((clipval-minval)/(maxval-minval)\,@var{gamma})*(maxval-minval)+minval" |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
All expressions default to "val". |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Negate input video: |
|
@example |
|
lutrgb="r=maxval+minval-val:g=maxval+minval-val:b=maxval+minval-val" |
|
lutyuv="y=maxval+minval-val:u=maxval+minval-val:v=maxval+minval-val" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The above is the same as: |
|
@example |
|
lutrgb="r=negval:g=negval:b=negval" |
|
lutyuv="y=negval:u=negval:v=negval" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Negate luminance: |
|
@example |
|
lutyuv=y=negval |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Remove chroma components, turns the video into a graytone image: |
|
@example |
|
lutyuv="u=128:v=128" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply a luma burning effect: |
|
@example |
|
lutyuv="y=2*val" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Remove green and blue components: |
|
@example |
|
lutrgb="g=0:b=0" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Set a constant alpha channel value on input: |
|
@example |
|
format=rgba,lutrgb=a="maxval-minval/2" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Correct luminance gamma by a 0.5 factor: |
|
@example |
|
lutyuv=y=gammaval(0.5) |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Discard least significant bits of luma: |
|
@example |
|
lutyuv=y='bitand(val, 128+64+32)' |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section mergeplanes |
|
|
|
Merge color channel components from several video streams. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts up to 4 input streams, and merge selected input |
|
planes to the output video. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item mapping |
|
Set input to output plane mapping. Default is @code{0}. |
|
|
|
The mappings is specified as a bitmap. It should be specified as a |
|
hexadecimal number in the form 0xAa[Bb[Cc[Dd]]]. 'Aa' describes the |
|
mapping for the first plane of the output stream. 'A' sets the number of |
|
the input stream to use (from 0 to 3), and 'a' the plane number of the |
|
corresponding input to use (from 0 to 3). The rest of the mappings is |
|
similar, 'Bb' describes the mapping for the output stream second |
|
plane, 'Cc' describes the mapping for the output stream third plane and |
|
'Dd' describes the mapping for the output stream fourth plane. |
|
|
|
@item format |
|
Set output pixel format. Default is @code{yuva444p}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Merge three gray video streams of same width and height into single video stream: |
|
@example |
|
[a0][a1][a2]mergeplanes=0x001020:yuv444p |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Merge 1st yuv444p stream and 2nd gray video stream into yuva444p video stream: |
|
@example |
|
[a0][a1]mergeplanes=0x00010210:yuva444p |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Swap Y and A plane in yuva444p stream: |
|
@example |
|
format=yuva444p,mergeplanes=0x03010200:yuva444p |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Swap U and V plane in yuv420p stream: |
|
@example |
|
format=yuv420p,mergeplanes=0x000201:yuv420p |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Cast a rgb24 clip to yuv444p: |
|
@example |
|
format=rgb24,mergeplanes=0x000102:yuv444p |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section mcdeint |
|
|
|
Apply motion-compensation deinterlacing. |
|
|
|
It needs one field per frame as input and must thus be used together |
|
with yadif=1/3 or equivalent. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item mode |
|
Set the deinterlacing mode. |
|
|
|
It accepts one of the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item fast |
|
@item medium |
|
@item slow |
|
use iterative motion estimation |
|
@item extra_slow |
|
like @samp{slow}, but use multiple reference frames. |
|
@end table |
|
Default value is @samp{fast}. |
|
|
|
@item parity |
|
Set the picture field parity assumed for the input video. It must be |
|
one of the following values: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item 0, tff |
|
assume top field first |
|
@item 1, bff |
|
assume bottom field first |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{bff}. |
|
|
|
@item qp |
|
Set per-block quantization parameter (QP) used by the internal |
|
encoder. |
|
|
|
Higher values should result in a smoother motion vector field but less |
|
optimal individual vectors. Default value is 1. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section mp |
|
|
|
Apply an MPlayer filter to the input video. |
|
|
|
This filter provides a wrapper around some of the filters of |
|
MPlayer/MEncoder. |
|
|
|
This wrapper is considered experimental. Some of the wrapped filters |
|
may not work properly and we may drop support for them, as they will |
|
be implemented natively into FFmpeg. Thus you should avoid |
|
depending on them when writing portable scripts. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the parameters: |
|
@var{filter_name}[:=]@var{filter_params} |
|
|
|
@var{filter_name} is the name of a supported MPlayer filter, |
|
@var{filter_params} is a string containing the parameters accepted by |
|
the named filter. |
|
|
|
The list of the currently supported filters follows: |
|
@table @var |
|
@item eq2 |
|
@item eq |
|
@item fspp |
|
@item ilpack |
|
@item pp7 |
|
@item softpulldown |
|
@item uspp |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The parameter syntax and behavior for the listed filters are the same |
|
of the corresponding MPlayer filters. For detailed instructions check |
|
the "VIDEO FILTERS" section in the MPlayer manual. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Adjust gamma, brightness, contrast: |
|
@example |
|
mp=eq2=1.0:2:0.5 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
See also mplayer(1), @url{http://www.mplayerhq.hu/}. |
|
|
|
@section mpdecimate |
|
|
|
Drop frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame in |
|
order to reduce frame rate. |
|
|
|
The main use of this filter is for very-low-bitrate encoding |
|
(e.g. streaming over dialup modem), but it could in theory be used for |
|
fixing movies that were inverse-telecined incorrectly. |
|
|
|
A description of the accepted options follows. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item max |
|
Set the maximum number of consecutive frames which can be dropped (if |
|
positive), or the minimum interval between dropped frames (if |
|
negative). If the value is 0, the frame is dropped unregarding the |
|
number of previous sequentially dropped frames. |
|
|
|
Default value is 0. |
|
|
|
@item hi |
|
@item lo |
|
@item frac |
|
Set the dropping threshold values. |
|
|
|
Values for @option{hi} and @option{lo} are for 8x8 pixel blocks and |
|
represent actual pixel value differences, so a threshold of 64 |
|
corresponds to 1 unit of difference for each pixel, or the same spread |
|
out differently over the block. |
|
|
|
A frame is a candidate for dropping if no 8x8 blocks differ by more |
|
than a threshold of @option{hi}, and if no more than @option{frac} blocks (1 |
|
meaning the whole image) differ by more than a threshold of @option{lo}. |
|
|
|
Default value for @option{hi} is 64*12, default value for @option{lo} is |
|
64*5, and default value for @option{frac} is 0.33. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
|
|
@section negate |
|
|
|
Negate input video. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts an integer in input, if non-zero it negates the |
|
alpha component (if available). The default value in input is 0. |
|
|
|
@section noformat |
|
|
|
Force libavfilter not to use any of the specified pixel formats for the |
|
input to the next filter. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following parameters: |
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item pix_fmts |
|
A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, for example |
|
"pix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24". |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Force libavfilter to use a format different from @var{yuv420p} for the |
|
input to the vflip filter: |
|
@example |
|
noformat=pix_fmts=yuv420p,vflip |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Convert the input video to any of the formats not contained in the list: |
|
@example |
|
noformat=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section noise |
|
|
|
Add noise on video input frame. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item all_seed |
|
@item c0_seed |
|
@item c1_seed |
|
@item c2_seed |
|
@item c3_seed |
|
Set noise seed for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case |
|
of @var{all_seed}. Default value is @code{123457}. |
|
|
|
@item all_strength, alls |
|
@item c0_strength, c0s |
|
@item c1_strength, c1s |
|
@item c2_strength, c2s |
|
@item c3_strength, c3s |
|
Set noise strength for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case |
|
@var{all_strength}. Default value is @code{0}. Allowed range is [0, 100]. |
|
|
|
@item all_flags, allf |
|
@item c0_flags, c0f |
|
@item c1_flags, c1f |
|
@item c2_flags, c2f |
|
@item c3_flags, c3f |
|
Set pixel component flags or set flags for all components if @var{all_flags}. |
|
Available values for component flags are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item a |
|
averaged temporal noise (smoother) |
|
@item p |
|
mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern |
|
@item t |
|
temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames) |
|
@item u |
|
uniform noise (gaussian otherwise) |
|
@end table |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
Add temporal and uniform noise to input video: |
|
@example |
|
noise=alls=20:allf=t+u |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section null |
|
|
|
Pass the video source unchanged to the output. |
|
|
|
@section ocv |
|
|
|
Apply video transform using libopencv. |
|
|
|
To enable this filter install libopencv library and headers and |
|
configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-libopencv}. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following parameters: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item filter_name |
|
The name of the libopencv filter to apply. |
|
|
|
@item filter_params |
|
The parameters to pass to the libopencv filter. If not specified the default |
|
values are assumed. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Refer to the official libopencv documentation for more precise |
|
information: |
|
@url{http://opencv.willowgarage.com/documentation/c/image_filtering.html} |
|
|
|
Follows the list of supported libopencv filters. |
|
|
|
@anchor{dilate} |
|
@subsection dilate |
|
|
|
Dilate an image by using a specific structuring element. |
|
This filter corresponds to the libopencv function @code{cvDilate}. |
|
|
|
It accepts the parameters: @var{struct_el}|@var{nb_iterations}. |
|
|
|
@var{struct_el} represents a structuring element, and has the syntax: |
|
@var{cols}x@var{rows}+@var{anchor_x}x@var{anchor_y}/@var{shape} |
|
|
|
@var{cols} and @var{rows} represent the number of columns and rows of |
|
the structuring element, @var{anchor_x} and @var{anchor_y} the anchor |
|
point, and @var{shape} the shape for the structuring element, and |
|
can be one of the values "rect", "cross", "ellipse", "custom". |
|
|
|
If the value for @var{shape} is "custom", it must be followed by a |
|
string of the form "=@var{filename}". The file with name |
|
@var{filename} is assumed to represent a binary image, with each |
|
printable character corresponding to a bright pixel. When a custom |
|
@var{shape} is used, @var{cols} and @var{rows} are ignored, the number |
|
or columns and rows of the read file are assumed instead. |
|
|
|
The default value for @var{struct_el} is "3x3+0x0/rect". |
|
|
|
@var{nb_iterations} specifies the number of times the transform is |
|
applied to the image, and defaults to 1. |
|
|
|
Follow some example: |
|
@example |
|
# use the default values |
|
ocv=dilate |
|
|
|
# dilate using a structuring element with a 5x5 cross, iterate two times |
|
ocv=filter_name=dilate:filter_params=5x5+2x2/cross|2 |
|
|
|
# read the shape from the file diamond.shape, iterate two times |
|
# the file diamond.shape may contain a pattern of characters like this: |
|
# * |
|
# *** |
|
# ***** |
|
# *** |
|
# * |
|
# the specified cols and rows are ignored (but not the anchor point coordinates) |
|
ocv=dilate:0x0+2x2/custom=diamond.shape|2 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@subsection erode |
|
|
|
Erode an image by using a specific structuring element. |
|
This filter corresponds to the libopencv function @code{cvErode}. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the parameters: @var{struct_el}:@var{nb_iterations}, |
|
with the same syntax and semantics as the @ref{dilate} filter. |
|
|
|
@subsection smooth |
|
|
|
Smooth the input video. |
|
|
|
The filter takes the following parameters: |
|
@var{type}|@var{param1}|@var{param2}|@var{param3}|@var{param4}. |
|
|
|
@var{type} is the type of smooth filter to apply, and can be one of |
|
the following values: "blur", "blur_no_scale", "median", "gaussian", |
|
"bilateral". The default value is "gaussian". |
|
|
|
@var{param1}, @var{param2}, @var{param3}, and @var{param4} are |
|
parameters whose meanings depend on smooth type. @var{param1} and |
|
@var{param2} accept integer positive values or 0, @var{param3} and |
|
@var{param4} accept float values. |
|
|
|
The default value for @var{param1} is 3, the default value for the |
|
other parameters is 0. |
|
|
|
These parameters correspond to the parameters assigned to the |
|
libopencv function @code{cvSmooth}. |
|
|
|
@anchor{overlay} |
|
@section overlay |
|
|
|
Overlay one video on top of another. |
|
|
|
It takes two inputs and one output, the first input is the "main" |
|
video on which the second input is overlayed. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following parameters: |
|
|
|
A description of the accepted options follows. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item x |
|
@item y |
|
Set the expression for the x and y coordinates of the overlayed video |
|
on the main video. Default value is "0" for both expressions. In case |
|
the expression is invalid, it is set to a huge value (meaning that the |
|
overlay will not be displayed within the output visible area). |
|
|
|
@item eof_action |
|
The action to take when EOF is encountered on the secondary input, accepts one |
|
of the following values: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item repeat |
|
repeat the last frame (the default) |
|
@item endall |
|
end both streams |
|
@item pass |
|
pass through the main input |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item eval |
|
Set when the expressions for @option{x}, and @option{y} are evaluated. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item init |
|
only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or |
|
when a command is processed |
|
|
|
@item frame |
|
evaluate expressions for each incoming frame |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{frame}. |
|
|
|
@item shortest |
|
If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input |
|
terminates. Default value is 0. |
|
|
|
@item format |
|
Set the format for the output video. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item yuv420 |
|
force YUV420 output |
|
|
|
@item yuv422 |
|
force YUV422 output |
|
|
|
@item yuv444 |
|
force YUV444 output |
|
|
|
@item rgb |
|
force RGB output |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{yuv420}. |
|
|
|
@item rgb @emph{(deprecated)} |
|
If set to 1, force the filter to accept inputs in the RGB |
|
color space. Default value is 0. This option is deprecated, use |
|
@option{format} instead. |
|
|
|
@item repeatlast |
|
If set to 1, force the filter to draw the last overlay frame over the |
|
main input until the end of the stream. A value of 0 disables this |
|
behavior. Default value is 1. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The @option{x}, and @option{y} expressions can contain the following |
|
parameters. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item main_w, W |
|
@item main_h, H |
|
main input width and height |
|
|
|
@item overlay_w, w |
|
@item overlay_h, h |
|
overlay input width and height |
|
|
|
@item x |
|
@item y |
|
the computed values for @var{x} and @var{y}. They are evaluated for |
|
each new frame. |
|
|
|
@item hsub |
|
@item vsub |
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values of the output |
|
format. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and |
|
@var{vsub} is 1. |
|
|
|
@item n |
|
the number of input frame, starting from 0 |
|
|
|
@item pos |
|
the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown |
|
|
|
@item t |
|
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Note that the @var{n}, @var{pos}, @var{t} variables are available only |
|
when evaluation is done @emph{per frame}, and will evaluate to NAN |
|
when @option{eval} is set to @samp{init}. |
|
|
|
Be aware that frames are taken from each input video in timestamp |
|
order, hence, if their initial timestamps differ, it is a good idea |
|
to pass the two inputs through a @var{setpts=PTS-STARTPTS} filter to |
|
have them begin in the same zero timestamp, as it does the example for |
|
the @var{movie} filter. |
|
|
|
You can chain together more overlays but you should test the |
|
efficiency of such approach. |
|
|
|
@subsection Commands |
|
|
|
This filter supports the following commands: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item x |
|
@item y |
|
Modify the x and y of the overlay input. |
|
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option. |
|
|
|
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current |
|
value. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Draw the overlay at 10 pixels from the bottom right corner of the main |
|
video: |
|
@example |
|
overlay=main_w-overlay_w-10:main_h-overlay_h-10 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Using named options the example above becomes: |
|
@example |
|
overlay=x=main_w-overlay_w-10:y=main_h-overlay_h-10 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Insert a transparent PNG logo in the bottom left corner of the input, |
|
using the @command{ffmpeg} tool with the @code{-filter_complex} option: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i input -i logo -filter_complex 'overlay=10:main_h-overlay_h-10' output |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Insert 2 different transparent PNG logos (second logo on bottom |
|
right corner) using the @command{ffmpeg} tool: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i input -i logo1 -i logo2 -filter_complex 'overlay=x=10:y=H-h-10,overlay=x=W-w-10:y=H-h-10' output |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Add a transparent color layer on top of the main video, @code{WxH} |
|
must specify the size of the main input to the overlay filter: |
|
@example |
|
color=color=red@@.3:size=WxH [over]; [in][over] overlay [out] |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Play an original video and a filtered version (here with the deshake |
|
filter) side by side using the @command{ffplay} tool: |
|
@example |
|
ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[a][b]; [a]pad=iw*2:ih[src]; [b]deshake[filt]; [src][filt]overlay=w' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The above command is the same as: |
|
@example |
|
ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[b], pad=iw*2[src], [b]deshake, [src]overlay=w' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Make a sliding overlay appearing from the left to the right top part of the |
|
screen starting since time 2: |
|
@example |
|
overlay=x='if(gte(t,2), -w+(t-2)*20, NAN)':y=0 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Compose output by putting two input videos side to side: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i left.avi -i right.avi -filter_complex " |
|
nullsrc=size=200x100 [background]; |
|
[0:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [left]; |
|
[1:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [right]; |
|
[background][left] overlay=shortest=1 [background+left]; |
|
[background+left][right] overlay=shortest=1:x=100 [left+right] |
|
" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
mask 10-20 seconds of a video by applying the delogo filter to a section |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i test.avi -codec:v:0 wmv2 -ar 11025 -b:v 9000k |
|
-vf '[in]split[split_main][split_delogo];[split_delogo]trim=start=360:end=371,delogo=0:0:640:480[delogoed];[split_main][delogoed]overlay=eof_action=pass[out]' |
|
masked.avi |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Chain several overlays in cascade: |
|
@example |
|
nullsrc=s=200x200 [bg]; |
|
testsrc=s=100x100, split=4 [in0][in1][in2][in3]; |
|
[in0] lutrgb=r=0, [bg] overlay=0:0 [mid0]; |
|
[in1] lutrgb=g=0, [mid0] overlay=100:0 [mid1]; |
|
[in2] lutrgb=b=0, [mid1] overlay=0:100 [mid2]; |
|
[in3] null, [mid2] overlay=100:100 [out0] |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section owdenoise |
|
|
|
Apply Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item depth |
|
Set depth. |
|
|
|
Larger depth values will denoise lower frequency components more, but |
|
slow down filtering. |
|
|
|
Must be an int in the range 8-16, default is @code{8}. |
|
|
|
@item luma_strength, ls |
|
Set luma strength. |
|
|
|
Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is @code{1.0}. |
|
|
|
@item chroma_strength, cs |
|
Set chroma strength. |
|
|
|
Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is @code{1.0}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section pad |
|
|
|
Add paddings to the input image, and place the original input at the |
|
given coordinates @var{x}, @var{y}. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following parameters: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item width, w |
|
@item height, h |
|
Specify an expression for the size of the output image with the |
|
paddings added. If the value for @var{width} or @var{height} is 0, the |
|
corresponding input size is used for the output. |
|
|
|
The @var{width} expression can reference the value set by the |
|
@var{height} expression, and vice versa. |
|
|
|
The default value of @var{width} and @var{height} is 0. |
|
|
|
@item x |
|
@item y |
|
Specify an expression for the offsets where to place the input image |
|
in the padded area with respect to the top/left border of the output |
|
image. |
|
|
|
The @var{x} expression can reference the value set by the @var{y} |
|
expression, and vice versa. |
|
|
|
The default value of @var{x} and @var{y} is 0. |
|
|
|
@item color |
|
Specify the color of the padded area. For the syntax of this option, |
|
check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
|
|
The default value of @var{color} is "black". |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The value for the @var{width}, @var{height}, @var{x}, and @var{y} |
|
options are expressions containing the following constants: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item in_w |
|
@item in_h |
|
the input video width and height |
|
|
|
@item iw |
|
@item ih |
|
same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h} |
|
|
|
@item out_w |
|
@item out_h |
|
the output width and height, that is the size of the padded area as |
|
specified by the @var{width} and @var{height} expressions |
|
|
|
@item ow |
|
@item oh |
|
same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h} |
|
|
|
@item x |
|
@item y |
|
x and y offsets as specified by the @var{x} and @var{y} |
|
expressions, or NAN if not yet specified |
|
|
|
@item a |
|
same as @var{iw} / @var{ih} |
|
|
|
@item sar |
|
input sample aspect ratio |
|
|
|
@item dar |
|
input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{iw} / @var{ih}) * @var{sar} |
|
|
|
@item hsub |
|
@item vsub |
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the |
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Add paddings with color "violet" to the input video. Output video |
|
size is 640x480, the top-left corner of the input video is placed at |
|
column 0, row 40: |
|
@example |
|
pad=640:480:0:40:violet |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The example above is equivalent to the following command: |
|
@example |
|
pad=width=640:height=480:x=0:y=40:color=violet |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Pad the input to get an output with dimensions increased by 3/2, |
|
and put the input video at the center of the padded area: |
|
@example |
|
pad="3/2*iw:3/2*ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Pad the input to get a squared output with size equal to the maximum |
|
value between the input width and height, and put the input video at |
|
the center of the padded area: |
|
@example |
|
pad="max(iw\,ih):ow:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Pad the input to get a final w/h ratio of 16:9: |
|
@example |
|
pad="ih*16/9:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
In case of anamorphic video, in order to set the output display aspect |
|
correctly, it is necessary to use @var{sar} in the expression, |
|
according to the relation: |
|
@example |
|
(ih * X / ih) * sar = output_dar |
|
X = output_dar / sar |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Thus the previous example needs to be modified to: |
|
@example |
|
pad="ih*16/9/sar:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Double output size and put the input video in the bottom-right |
|
corner of the output padded area: |
|
@example |
|
pad="2*iw:2*ih:ow-iw:oh-ih" |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section perspective |
|
|
|
Correct perspective of video not recorded perpendicular to the screen. |
|
|
|
A description of the accepted parameters follows. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item x0 |
|
@item y0 |
|
@item x1 |
|
@item y1 |
|
@item x2 |
|
@item y2 |
|
@item x3 |
|
@item y3 |
|
Set coordinates expression for top left, top right, bottom left and bottom right corners. |
|
Default values are @code{0:0:W:0:0:H:W:H} with which perspective will remain unchanged. |
|
|
|
The expressions can use the following variables: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item W |
|
@item H |
|
the width and height of video frame. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item interpolation |
|
Set interpolation for perspective correction. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item linear |
|
@item cubic |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{linear}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section phase |
|
|
|
Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order changes. |
|
|
|
The intended use is to fix PAL movies that have been captured with the |
|
opposite field order to the film-to-video transfer. |
|
|
|
A description of the accepted parameters follows. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item mode |
|
Set phase mode. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item t |
|
Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first. |
|
Filter will delay the bottom field. |
|
|
|
@item b |
|
Capture field order bottom-first, transfer top-first. |
|
Filter will delay the top field. |
|
|
|
@item p |
|
Capture and transfer with the same field order. This mode only exists |
|
for the documentation of the other options to refer to, but if you |
|
actually select it, the filter will faithfully do nothing. |
|
|
|
@item a |
|
Capture field order determined automatically by field flags, transfer |
|
opposite. |
|
Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{b} modes on a frame by frame |
|
basis using field flags. If no field information is available, |
|
then this works just like @samp{u}. |
|
|
|
@item u |
|
Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite. |
|
Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{b} on a frame by frame basis by |
|
analyzing the images and selecting the alternative that produces best |
|
match between the fields. |
|
|
|
@item T |
|
Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying. |
|
Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{p} using image analysis. |
|
|
|
@item B |
|
Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying. |
|
Filter selects among @samp{b} and @samp{p} using image analysis. |
|
|
|
@item A |
|
Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or varying. |
|
Filter selects among @samp{t}, @samp{b} and @samp{p} using field flags and |
|
image analysis. If no field information is available, then this works just |
|
like @samp{U}. This is the default mode. |
|
|
|
@item U |
|
Both capture and transfer unknown or varying. |
|
Filter selects among @samp{t}, @samp{b} and @samp{p} using image analysis only. |
|
@end table |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section pixdesctest |
|
|
|
Pixel format descriptor test filter, mainly useful for internal |
|
testing. The output video should be equal to the input video. |
|
|
|
For example: |
|
@example |
|
format=monow, pixdesctest |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
can be used to test the monowhite pixel format descriptor definition. |
|
|
|
@section pp |
|
|
|
Enable the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters using libpostproc. This |
|
library should be automatically selected with a GPL build (@code{--enable-gpl}). |
|
Subfilters must be separated by '/' and can be disabled by prepending a '-'. |
|
Each subfilter and some options have a short and a long name that can be used |
|
interchangeably, i.e. dr/dering are the same. |
|
|
|
The filters accept the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item subfilters |
|
Set postprocessing subfilters string. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
All subfilters share common options to determine their scope: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item a/autoq |
|
Honor the quality commands for this subfilter. |
|
|
|
@item c/chrom |
|
Do chrominance filtering, too (default). |
|
|
|
@item y/nochrom |
|
Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance). |
|
|
|
@item n/noluma |
|
Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance). |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
These options can be appended after the subfilter name, separated by a '|'. |
|
|
|
Available subfilters are: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item hb/hdeblock[|difference[|flatness]] |
|
Horizontal deblocking filter |
|
@table @option |
|
@item difference |
|
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}). |
|
@item flatness |
|
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}). |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item vb/vdeblock[|difference[|flatness]] |
|
Vertical deblocking filter |
|
@table @option |
|
@item difference |
|
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}). |
|
@item flatness |
|
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}). |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item ha/hadeblock[|difference[|flatness]] |
|
Accurate horizontal deblocking filter |
|
@table @option |
|
@item difference |
|
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}). |
|
@item flatness |
|
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}). |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item va/vadeblock[|difference[|flatness]] |
|
Accurate vertical deblocking filter |
|
@table @option |
|
@item difference |
|
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}). |
|
@item flatness |
|
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}). |
|
@end table |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the difference and |
|
flatness values so you cannot set different horizontal and vertical |
|
thresholds. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item h1/x1hdeblock |
|
Experimental horizontal deblocking filter |
|
|
|
@item v1/x1vdeblock |
|
Experimental vertical deblocking filter |
|
|
|
@item dr/dering |
|
Deringing filter |
|
|
|
@item tn/tmpnoise[|threshold1[|threshold2[|threshold3]]], temporal noise reducer |
|
@table @option |
|
@item threshold1 |
|
larger -> stronger filtering |
|
@item threshold2 |
|
larger -> stronger filtering |
|
@item threshold3 |
|
larger -> stronger filtering |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange], automatic brightness / contrast correction |
|
@table @option |
|
@item f/fullyrange |
|
Stretch luminance to @code{0-255}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item lb/linblenddeint |
|
Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by |
|
filtering all lines with a @code{(1 2 1)} filter. |
|
|
|
@item li/linipoldeint |
|
Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by |
|
linearly interpolating every second line. |
|
|
|
@item ci/cubicipoldeint |
|
Cubic interpolating deinterlacing filter deinterlaces the given block by |
|
cubically interpolating every second line. |
|
|
|
@item md/mediandeint |
|
Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by applying a |
|
median filter to every second line. |
|
|
|
@item fd/ffmpegdeint |
|
FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by filtering every |
|
second line with a @code{(-1 4 2 4 -1)} filter. |
|
|
|
@item l5/lowpass5 |
|
Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given |
|
block by filtering all lines with a @code{(-1 2 6 2 -1)} filter. |
|
|
|
@item fq/forceQuant[|quantizer] |
|
Overrides the quantizer table from the input with the constant quantizer you |
|
specify. |
|
@table @option |
|
@item quantizer |
|
Quantizer to use |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item de/default |
|
Default pp filter combination (@code{hb|a,vb|a,dr|a}) |
|
|
|
@item fa/fast |
|
Fast pp filter combination (@code{h1|a,v1|a,dr|a}) |
|
|
|
@item ac |
|
High quality pp filter combination (@code{ha|a|128|7,va|a,dr|a}) |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Apply horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and automatic |
|
brightness/contrast: |
|
@example |
|
pp=hb/vb/dr/al |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply default filters without brightness/contrast correction: |
|
@example |
|
pp=de/-al |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply default filters and temporal denoiser: |
|
@example |
|
pp=default/tmpnoise|1|2|3 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply deblocking on luminance only, and switch vertical deblocking on or off |
|
automatically depending on available CPU time: |
|
@example |
|
pp=hb|y/vb|a |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section psnr |
|
|
|
Obtain the average, maximum and minimum PSNR (Peak Signal to Noise |
|
Ratio) between two input videos. |
|
|
|
This filter takes in input two input videos, the first input is |
|
considered the "main" source and is passed unchanged to the |
|
output. The second input is used as a "reference" video for computing |
|
the PSNR. |
|
|
|
Both video inputs must have the same resolution and pixel format for |
|
this filter to work correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs |
|
have the same number of frames, which are compared one by one. |
|
|
|
The obtained average PSNR is printed through the logging system. |
|
|
|
The filter stores the accumulated MSE (mean squared error) of each |
|
frame, and at the end of the processing it is averaged across all frames |
|
equally, and the following formula is applied to obtain the PSNR: |
|
|
|
@example |
|
PSNR = 10*log10(MAX^2/MSE) |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Where MAX is the average of the maximum values of each component of the |
|
image. |
|
|
|
The description of the accepted parameters follows. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item stats_file, f |
|
If specified the filter will use the named file to save the PSNR of |
|
each individual frame. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The file printed if @var{stats_file} is selected, contains a sequence of |
|
key/value pairs of the form @var{key}:@var{value} for each compared |
|
couple of frames. |
|
|
|
A description of each shown parameter follows: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item n |
|
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 1 |
|
|
|
@item mse_avg |
|
Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared |
|
frames, averaged over all the image components. |
|
|
|
@item mse_y, mse_u, mse_v, mse_r, mse_g, mse_g, mse_a |
|
Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared |
|
frames for the component specified by the suffix. |
|
|
|
@item psnr_y, psnr_u, psnr_v, psnr_r, psnr_g, psnr_b, psnr_a |
|
Peak Signal to Noise ratio of the compared frames for the component |
|
specified by the suffix. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
For example: |
|
@example |
|
movie=ref_movie.mpg, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main]; |
|
[main][ref] psnr="stats_file=stats.log" [out] |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
On this example the input file being processed is compared with the |
|
reference file @file{ref_movie.mpg}. The PSNR of each individual frame |
|
is stored in @file{stats.log}. |
|
|
|
@section pullup |
|
|
|
Pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed |
|
hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive |
|
content. |
|
|
|
The pullup filter is designed to take advantage of future context in making |
|
its decisions. This filter is stateless in the sense that it does not lock |
|
onto a pattern to follow, but it instead looks forward to the following |
|
fields in order to identify matches and rebuild progressive frames. |
|
|
|
To produce content with an even framerate, insert the fps filter after |
|
pullup, use @code{fps=24000/1001} if the input frame rate is 29.97fps, |
|
@code{fps=24} for 30fps and the (rare) telecined 25fps input. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item jl |
|
@item jr |
|
@item jt |
|
@item jb |
|
These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right, top, and |
|
bottom of the image, respectively. Left and right are in units of 8 pixels, |
|
while top and bottom are in units of 2 lines. |
|
The default is 8 pixels on each side. |
|
|
|
@item sb |
|
Set the strict breaks. Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances of |
|
filter generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it may also cause an |
|
excessive number of frames to be dropped during high motion sequences. |
|
Conversely, setting it to -1 will make filter match fields more easily. |
|
This may help processing of video where there is slight blurring between |
|
the fields, but may also cause there to be interlaced frames in the output. |
|
Default value is @code{0}. |
|
|
|
@item mp |
|
Set the metric plane to use. It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item l |
|
Use luma plane. |
|
|
|
@item u |
|
Use chroma blue plane. |
|
|
|
@item v |
|
Use chroma red plane. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
This option may be set to use chroma plane instead of the default luma plane |
|
for doing filter's computations. This may improve accuracy on very clean |
|
source material, but more likely will decrease accuracy, especially if there |
|
is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any grayscale video. |
|
The main purpose of setting @option{mp} to a chroma plane is to reduce CPU |
|
load and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
For best results (without duplicated frames in the output file) it is |
|
necessary to change the output frame rate. For example, to inverse |
|
telecine NTSC input: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i input -vf pullup -r 24000/1001 ... |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section removelogo |
|
|
|
Suppress a TV station logo, using an image file to determine which |
|
pixels comprise the logo. It works by filling in the pixels that |
|
comprise the logo with neighboring pixels. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item filename, f |
|
Set the filter bitmap file, which can be any image format supported by |
|
libavformat. The width and height of the image file must match those of the |
|
video stream being processed. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Pixels in the provided bitmap image with a value of zero are not |
|
considered part of the logo, non-zero pixels are considered part of |
|
the logo. If you use white (255) for the logo and black (0) for the |
|
rest, you will be safe. For making the filter bitmap, it is |
|
recommended to take a screen capture of a black frame with the logo |
|
visible, and then using a threshold filter followed by the erode |
|
filter once or twice. |
|
|
|
If needed, little splotches can be fixed manually. Remember that if |
|
logo pixels are not covered, the filter quality will be much |
|
reduced. Marking too many pixels as part of the logo does not hurt as |
|
much, but it will increase the amount of blurring needed to cover over |
|
the image and will destroy more information than necessary, and extra |
|
pixels will slow things down on a large logo. |
|
|
|
@section rotate |
|
|
|
Rotate video by an arbitrary angle expressed in radians. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
A description of the optional parameters follows. |
|
@table @option |
|
@item angle, a |
|
Set an expression for the angle by which to rotate the input video |
|
clockwise, expressed as a number of radians. A negative value will |
|
result in a counter-clockwise rotation. By default it is set to "0". |
|
|
|
This expression is evaluated for each frame. |
|
|
|
@item out_w, ow |
|
Set the output width expression, default value is "iw". |
|
This expression is evaluated just once during configuration. |
|
|
|
@item out_h, oh |
|
Set the output height expression, default value is "ih". |
|
This expression is evaluated just once during configuration. |
|
|
|
@item bilinear |
|
Enable bilinear interpolation if set to 1, a value of 0 disables |
|
it. Default value is 1. |
|
|
|
@item fillcolor, c |
|
Set the color used to fill the output area not covered by the rotated |
|
image. For the generalsyntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the |
|
ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special value "none" is selected then no |
|
background is printed (useful for example if the background is never shown). |
|
|
|
Default value is "black". |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The expressions for the angle and the output size can contain the |
|
following constants and functions: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item n |
|
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0. It is always NAN |
|
before the first frame is filtered. |
|
|
|
@item t |
|
time in seconds of the input frame, it is set to 0 when the filter is |
|
configured. It is always NAN before the first frame is filtered. |
|
|
|
@item hsub |
|
@item vsub |
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the |
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1. |
|
|
|
@item in_w, iw |
|
@item in_h, ih |
|
the input video width and height |
|
|
|
@item out_w, ow |
|
@item out_h, oh |
|
the output width and height, that is the size of the padded area as |
|
specified by the @var{width} and @var{height} expressions |
|
|
|
@item rotw(a) |
|
@item roth(a) |
|
the minimal width/height required for completely containing the input |
|
video rotated by @var{a} radians. |
|
|
|
These are only available when computing the @option{out_w} and |
|
@option{out_h} expressions. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Rotate the input by PI/6 radians clockwise: |
|
@example |
|
rotate=PI/6 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Rotate the input by PI/6 radians counter-clockwise: |
|
@example |
|
rotate=-PI/6 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Rotate the input by 45 degrees clockwise: |
|
@example |
|
rotate=45*PI/180 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply a constant rotation with period T, starting from an angle of PI/3: |
|
@example |
|
rotate=PI/3+2*PI*t/T |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Make the input video rotation oscillating with a period of T |
|
seconds and an amplitude of A radians: |
|
@example |
|
rotate=A*sin(2*PI/T*t) |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Rotate the video, output size is choosen so that the whole rotating |
|
input video is always completely contained in the output: |
|
@example |
|
rotate='2*PI*t:ow=hypot(iw,ih):oh=ow' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Rotate the video, reduce the output size so that no background is ever |
|
shown: |
|
@example |
|
rotate=2*PI*t:ow='min(iw,ih)/sqrt(2)':oh=ow:c=none |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@subsection Commands |
|
|
|
The filter supports the following commands: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item a, angle |
|
Set the angle expression. |
|
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option. |
|
|
|
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current |
|
value. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section sab |
|
|
|
Apply Shape Adaptive Blur. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item luma_radius, lr |
|
Set luma blur filter strength, must be a value in range 0.1-4.0, default |
|
value is 1.0. A greater value will result in a more blurred image, and |
|
in slower processing. |
|
|
|
@item luma_pre_filter_radius, lpfr |
|
Set luma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the 0.1-2.0 range, default |
|
value is 1.0. |
|
|
|
@item luma_strength, ls |
|
Set luma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered, must |
|
be a value in the 0.1-100.0 range, default value is 1.0. |
|
|
|
@item chroma_radius, cr |
|
Set chroma blur filter strength, must be a value in range 0.1-4.0. A |
|
greater value will result in a more blurred image, and in slower |
|
processing. |
|
|
|
@item chroma_pre_filter_radius, cpfr |
|
Set chroma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the 0.1-2.0 range. |
|
|
|
@item chroma_strength, cs |
|
Set chroma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered, |
|
must be a value in the 0.1-100.0 range. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Each chroma option value, if not explicitly specified, is set to the |
|
corresponding luma option value. |
|
|
|
@anchor{scale} |
|
@section scale |
|
|
|
Scale (resize) the input video, using the libswscale library. |
|
|
|
The scale filter forces the output display aspect ratio to be the same |
|
of the input, by changing the output sample aspect ratio. |
|
|
|
If the input image format is different from the format requested by |
|
the next filter, the scale filter will convert the input to the |
|
requested format. |
|
|
|
@subsection Options |
|
The filter accepts the following options, or any of the options |
|
supported by the libswscale scaler. |
|
|
|
See @ref{scaler_options,,the ffmpeg-scaler manual,ffmpeg-scaler} for |
|
the complete list of scaler options. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item width, w |
|
@item height, h |
|
Set the output video dimension expression. Default value is the input |
|
dimension. |
|
|
|
If the value is 0, the input width is used for the output. |
|
|
|
If one of the values is -1, the scale filter will use a value that |
|
maintains the aspect ratio of the input image, calculated from the |
|
other specified dimension. If both of them are -1, the input size is |
|
used |
|
|
|
If one of the values is -n with n > 1, the scale filter will also use a value |
|
that maintains the aspect ratio of the input image, calculated from the other |
|
specified dimension. After that it will, however, make sure that the calculated |
|
dimension is divisible by n and adjust the value if necessary. |
|
|
|
See below for the list of accepted constants for use in the dimension |
|
expression. |
|
|
|
@item interl |
|
Set the interlacing mode. It accepts the following values: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item 1 |
|
Force interlaced aware scaling. |
|
|
|
@item 0 |
|
Do not apply interlaced scaling. |
|
|
|
@item -1 |
|
Select interlaced aware scaling depending on whether the source frames |
|
are flagged as interlaced or not. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{0}. |
|
|
|
@item flags |
|
Set libswscale scaling flags. See |
|
@ref{sws_flags,,the ffmpeg-scaler manual,ffmpeg-scaler} for the |
|
complete list of values. If not explictly specified the filter applies |
|
the default flags. |
|
|
|
@item size, s |
|
Set the video size. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size" |
|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
|
|
@item in_color_matrix |
|
@item out_color_matrix |
|
Set in/output YCbCr color space type. |
|
|
|
This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as allows forcing |
|
a specific value used for the output and encoder. |
|
|
|
If not specified, the color space type depends on the pixel format. |
|
|
|
Possible values: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item auto |
|
Choose automatically. |
|
|
|
@item bt709 |
|
Format conforming to International Telecommunication Union (ITU) |
|
Recommendation BT.709. |
|
|
|
@item fcc |
|
Set color space conforming to the United States Federal Communications |
|
Commission (FCC) Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 47 (2003) 73.682 (a). |
|
|
|
@item bt601 |
|
Set color space conforming to: |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
ITU Radiocommunication Sector (ITU-R) Recommendation BT.601 |
|
|
|
@item |
|
ITU-R Rec. BT.470-6 (1998) Systems B, B1, and G |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (SMPTE) ST 170:2004 |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@item smpte240m |
|
Set color space conforming to SMPTE ST 240:1999. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item in_range |
|
@item out_range |
|
Set in/output YCbCr sample range. |
|
|
|
This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as allows forcing |
|
a specific value used for the output and encoder. If not specified, the |
|
range depends on the pixel format. Possible values: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item auto |
|
Choose automatically. |
|
|
|
@item jpeg/full/pc |
|
Set full range (0-255 in case of 8-bit luma). |
|
|
|
@item mpeg/tv |
|
Set "MPEG" range (16-235 in case of 8-bit luma). |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item force_original_aspect_ratio |
|
Enable decreasing or increasing output video width or height if necessary to |
|
keep the original aspect ratio. Possible values: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item disable |
|
Scale the video as specified and disable this feature. |
|
|
|
@item decrease |
|
The output video dimensions will automatically be decreased if needed. |
|
|
|
@item increase |
|
The output video dimensions will automatically be increased if needed. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
One useful instance of this option is that when you know a specific device's |
|
maximum allowed resolution, you can use this to limit the output video to |
|
that, while retaining the aspect ratio. For example, device A allows |
|
1280x720 playback, and your video is 1920x800. Using this option (set it to |
|
decrease) and specifying 1280x720 to the command line makes the output |
|
1280x533. |
|
|
|
Please note that this is a different thing than specifying -1 for @option{w} |
|
or @option{h}, you still need to specify the output resolution for this option |
|
to work. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The values of the @option{w} and @option{h} options are expressions |
|
containing the following constants: |
|
|
|
@table @var |
|
@item in_w |
|
@item in_h |
|
the input width and height |
|
|
|
@item iw |
|
@item ih |
|
same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h} |
|
|
|
@item out_w |
|
@item out_h |
|
the output (scaled) width and height |
|
|
|
@item ow |
|
@item oh |
|
same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h} |
|
|
|
@item a |
|
same as @var{iw} / @var{ih} |
|
|
|
@item sar |
|
input sample aspect ratio |
|
|
|
@item dar |
|
input display aspect ratio. Calculated from @code{(iw / ih) * sar}. |
|
|
|
@item hsub |
|
@item vsub |
|
horizontal and vertical input chroma subsample values. For example for the |
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1. |
|
|
|
@item ohsub |
|
@item ovsub |
|
horizontal and vertical output chroma subsample values. For example for the |
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Scale the input video to a size of 200x100: |
|
@example |
|
scale=w=200:h=100 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
This is equivalent to: |
|
@example |
|
scale=200:100 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
or: |
|
@example |
|
scale=200x100 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Specify a size abbreviation for the output size: |
|
@example |
|
scale=qcif |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
which can also be written as: |
|
@example |
|
scale=size=qcif |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Scale the input to 2x: |
|
@example |
|
scale=w=2*iw:h=2*ih |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
The above is the same as: |
|
@example |
|
scale=2*in_w:2*in_h |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Scale the input to 2x with forced interlaced scaling: |
|
@example |
|
scale=2*iw:2*ih:interl=1 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Scale the input to half size: |
|
@example |
|
scale=w=iw/2:h=ih/2 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Increase the width, and set the height to the same size: |
|
@example |
|
scale=3/2*iw:ow |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Seek for Greek harmony: |
|
@example |
|
scale=iw:1/PHI*iw |
|
scale=ih*PHI:ih |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Increase the height, and set the width to 3/2 of the height: |
|
@example |
|
scale=w=3/2*oh:h=3/5*ih |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Increase the size, but make the size a multiple of the chroma |
|
subsample values: |
|
@example |
|
scale="trunc(3/2*iw/hsub)*hsub:trunc(3/2*ih/vsub)*vsub" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Increase the width to a maximum of 500 pixels, keep the same input |
|
aspect ratio: |
|
@example |
|
scale=w='min(500\, iw*3/2):h=-1' |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section separatefields |
|
|
|
The @code{separatefields} takes a frame-based video input and splits |
|
each frame into its components fields, producing a new half height clip |
|
with twice the frame rate and twice the frame count. |
|
|
|
This filter use field-dominance information in frame to decide which |
|
of each pair of fields to place first in the output. |
|
If it gets it wrong use @ref{setfield} filter before @code{separatefields} filter. |
|
|
|
@section setdar, setsar |
|
|
|
The @code{setdar} filter sets the Display Aspect Ratio for the filter |
|
output video. |
|
|
|
This is done by changing the specified Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect |
|
Ratio, according to the following equation: |
|
@example |
|
@var{DAR} = @var{HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION} / @var{VERTICAL_RESOLUTION} * @var{SAR} |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Keep in mind that the @code{setdar} filter does not modify the pixel |
|
dimensions of the video frame. Also the display aspect ratio set by |
|
this filter may be changed by later filters in the filterchain, |
|
e.g. in case of scaling or if another "setdar" or a "setsar" filter is |
|
applied. |
|
|
|
The @code{setsar} filter sets the Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect Ratio for |
|
the filter output video. |
|
|
|
Note that as a consequence of the application of this filter, the |
|
output display aspect ratio will change according to the equation |
|
above. |
|
|
|
Keep in mind that the sample aspect ratio set by the @code{setsar} |
|
filter may be changed by later filters in the filterchain, e.g. if |
|
another "setsar" or a "setdar" filter is applied. |
|
|
|
The filters accept the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item r, ratio, dar (@code{setdar} only), sar (@code{setsar} only) |
|
Set the aspect ratio used by the filter. |
|
|
|
The parameter can be a floating point number string, an expression, or |
|
a string of the form @var{num}:@var{den}, where @var{num} and |
|
@var{den} are the numerator and denominator of the aspect ratio. If |
|
the parameter is not specified, it is assumed the value "0". |
|
In case the form "@var{num}:@var{den}" is used, the @code{:} character |
|
should be escaped. |
|
|
|
@item max |
|
Set the maximum integer value to use for expressing numerator and |
|
denominator when reducing the expressed aspect ratio to a rational. |
|
Default value is @code{100}. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The parameter @var{sar} is an expression containing |
|
the following constants: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item E, PI, PHI |
|
the corresponding mathematical approximated values for e |
|
(euler number), pi (greek PI), phi (golden ratio) |
|
|
|
@item w, h |
|
the input width and height |
|
|
|
@item a |
|
same as @var{w} / @var{h} |
|
|
|
@item sar |
|
input sample aspect ratio |
|
|
|
@item dar |
|
input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar} |
|
|
|
@item hsub, vsub |
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the |
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
|
|
@item |
|
To change the display aspect ratio to 16:9, specify one of the following: |
|
@example |
|
setdar=dar=1.77777 |
|
setdar=dar=16/9 |
|
setdar=dar=1.77777 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
To change the sample aspect ratio to 10:11, specify: |
|
@example |
|
setsar=sar=10/11 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
To set a display aspect ratio of 16:9, and specify a maximum integer value of |
|
1000 in the aspect ratio reduction, use the command: |
|
@example |
|
setdar=ratio=16/9:max=1000 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@anchor{setfield} |
|
@section setfield |
|
|
|
Force field for the output video frame. |
|
|
|
The @code{setfield} filter marks the interlace type field for the |
|
output frames. It does not change the input frame, but only sets the |
|
corresponding property, which affects how the frame is treated by |
|
following filters (e.g. @code{fieldorder} or @code{yadif}). |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item mode |
|
Available values are: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item auto |
|
Keep the same field property. |
|
|
|
@item bff |
|
Mark the frame as bottom-field-first. |
|
|
|
@item tff |
|
Mark the frame as top-field-first. |
|
|
|
@item prog |
|
Mark the frame as progressive. |
|
@end table |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section showinfo |
|
|
|
Show a line containing various information for each input video frame. |
|
The input video is not modified. |
|
|
|
The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form |
|
@var{key}:@var{value}. |
|
|
|
A description of each shown parameter follows: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item n |
|
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0 |
|
|
|
@item pts |
|
Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of |
|
time base units. The time base unit depends on the filter input pad. |
|
|
|
@item pts_time |
|
Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of |
|
seconds |
|
|
|
@item pos |
|
position of the frame in the input stream, -1 if this information in |
|
unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic video) |
|
|
|
@item fmt |
|
pixel format name |
|
|
|
@item sar |
|
sample aspect ratio of the input frame, expressed in the form |
|
@var{num}/@var{den} |
|
|
|
@item s |
|
size of the input frame. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size" |
|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
|
|
@item i |
|
interlaced mode ("P" for "progressive", "T" for top field first, "B" |
|
for bottom field first) |
|
|
|
@item iskey |
|
1 if the frame is a key frame, 0 otherwise |
|
|
|
@item type |
|
picture type of the input frame ("I" for an I-frame, "P" for a |
|
P-frame, "B" for a B-frame, "?" for unknown type). |
|
Check also the documentation of the @code{AVPictureType} enum and of |
|
the @code{av_get_picture_type_char} function defined in |
|
@file{libavutil/avutil.h}. |
|
|
|
@item checksum |
|
Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of all the planes of the input frame |
|
|
|
@item plane_checksum |
|
Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of each plane of the input frame, |
|
expressed in the form "[@var{c0} @var{c1} @var{c2} @var{c3}]" |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@anchor{smartblur} |
|
@section smartblur |
|
|
|
Blur the input video without impacting the outlines. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item luma_radius, lr |
|
Set the luma radius. The option value must be a float number in |
|
the range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter |
|
used to blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0. |
|
|
|
@item luma_strength, ls |
|
Set the luma strength. The option value must be a float number |
|
in the range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value included |
|
in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in |
|
[-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0. |
|
|
|
@item luma_threshold, lt |
|
Set the luma threshold used as a coefficient to determine |
|
whether a pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an |
|
integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image, |
|
a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included |
|
in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0. |
|
|
|
@item chroma_radius, cr |
|
Set the chroma radius. The option value must be a float number in |
|
the range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter |
|
used to blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0. |
|
|
|
@item chroma_strength, cs |
|
Set the chroma strength. The option value must be a float number |
|
in the range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value included |
|
in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in |
|
[-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0. |
|
|
|
@item chroma_threshold, ct |
|
Set the chroma threshold used as a coefficient to determine |
|
whether a pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an |
|
integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image, |
|
a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included |
|
in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
If a chroma option is not explicitly set, the corresponding luma value |
|
is set. |
|
|
|
@section stereo3d |
|
|
|
Convert between different stereoscopic image formats. |
|
|
|
The filters accept the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item in |
|
Set stereoscopic image format of input. |
|
|
|
Available values for input image formats are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item sbsl |
|
side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right) |
|
|
|
@item sbsr |
|
side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right) |
|
|
|
@item sbs2l |
|
side by side parallel with half width resolution |
|
(left eye left, right eye right) |
|
|
|
@item sbs2r |
|
side by side crosseye with half width resolution |
|
(right eye left, left eye right) |
|
|
|
@item abl |
|
above-below (left eye above, right eye below) |
|
|
|
@item abr |
|
above-below (right eye above, left eye below) |
|
|
|
@item ab2l |
|
above-below with half height resolution |
|
(left eye above, right eye below) |
|
|
|
@item ab2r |
|
above-below with half height resolution |
|
(right eye above, left eye below) |
|
|
|
@item al |
|
alternating frames (left eye first, right eye second) |
|
|
|
@item ar |
|
alternating frames (right eye first, left eye second) |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{sbsl}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item out |
|
Set stereoscopic image format of output. |
|
|
|
Available values for output image formats are all the input formats as well as: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item arbg |
|
anaglyph red/blue gray |
|
(red filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye) |
|
|
|
@item argg |
|
anaglyph red/green gray |
|
(red filter on left eye, green filter on right eye) |
|
|
|
@item arcg |
|
anaglyph red/cyan gray |
|
(red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye) |
|
|
|
@item arch |
|
anaglyph red/cyan half colored |
|
(red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye) |
|
|
|
@item arcc |
|
anaglyph red/cyan color |
|
(red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye) |
|
|
|
@item arcd |
|
anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois |
|
(red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye) |
|
|
|
@item agmg |
|
anaglyph green/magenta gray |
|
(green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye) |
|
|
|
@item agmh |
|
anaglyph green/magenta half colored |
|
(green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye) |
|
|
|
@item agmc |
|
anaglyph green/magenta colored |
|
(green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye) |
|
|
|
@item agmd |
|
anaglyph green/magenta color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois |
|
(green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye) |
|
|
|
@item aybg |
|
anaglyph yellow/blue gray |
|
(yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye) |
|
|
|
@item aybh |
|
anaglyph yellow/blue half colored |
|
(yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye) |
|
|
|
@item aybc |
|
anaglyph yellow/blue colored |
|
(yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye) |
|
|
|
@item aybd |
|
anaglyph yellow/blue color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois |
|
(yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye) |
|
|
|
@item irl |
|
interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row) |
|
|
|
@item irr |
|
interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row) |
|
|
|
@item ml |
|
mono output (left eye only) |
|
|
|
@item mr |
|
mono output (right eye only) |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{arcd}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Convert input video from side by side parallel to anaglyph yellow/blue dubois: |
|
@example |
|
stereo3d=sbsl:aybd |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Convert input video from above bellow (left eye above, right eye below) to side by side crosseye. |
|
@example |
|
stereo3d=abl:sbsr |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section spp |
|
|
|
Apply a simple postprocessing filter that compresses and decompresses the image |
|
at several (or - in the case of @option{quality} level @code{6} - all) shifts |
|
and average the results. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item quality |
|
Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It accepts |
|
an integer in the range 0-6. If set to @code{0}, the filter will have no |
|
effect. A value of @code{6} means the higher quality. For each increment of |
|
that value the speed drops by a factor of approximately 2. Default value is |
|
@code{3}. |
|
|
|
@item qp |
|
Force a constant quantization parameter. If not set, the filter will use the QP |
|
from the video stream (if available). |
|
|
|
@item mode |
|
Set thresholding mode. Available modes are: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item hard |
|
Set hard thresholding (default). |
|
@item soft |
|
Set soft thresholding (better de-ringing effect, but likely blurrier). |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item use_bframe_qp |
|
Enable the use of the QP from the B-Frames if set to @code{1}. Using this |
|
option may cause flicker since the B-Frames have often larger QP. Default is |
|
@code{0} (not enabled). |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@anchor{subtitles} |
|
@section subtitles |
|
|
|
Draw subtitles on top of input video using the libass library. |
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with |
|
@code{--enable-libass}. This filter also requires a build with libavcodec and |
|
libavformat to convert the passed subtitles file to ASS (Advanced Substation |
|
Alpha) subtitles format. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item filename, f |
|
Set the filename of the subtitle file to read. It must be specified. |
|
|
|
@item original_size |
|
Specify the size of the original video, the video for which the ASS file |
|
was composed. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size" section in |
|
the ffmpeg-utils manual. Due to a misdesign in ASS aspect ratio arithmetic, |
|
this is necessary to correctly scale the fonts if the aspect ratio has been |
|
changed. |
|
|
|
@item charenc |
|
Set subtitles input character encoding. @code{subtitles} filter only. Only |
|
useful if not UTF-8. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
If the first key is not specified, it is assumed that the first value |
|
specifies the @option{filename}. |
|
|
|
For example, to render the file @file{sub.srt} on top of the input |
|
video, use the command: |
|
@example |
|
subtitles=sub.srt |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
which is equivalent to: |
|
@example |
|
subtitles=filename=sub.srt |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section super2xsai |
|
|
|
Scale the input by 2x and smooth using the Super2xSaI (Scale and |
|
Interpolate) pixel art scaling algorithm. |
|
|
|
Useful for enlarging pixel art images without reducing sharpness. |
|
|
|
@section swapuv |
|
Swap U & V plane. |
|
|
|
@section telecine |
|
|
|
Apply telecine process to the video. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item first_field |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item top, t |
|
top field first |
|
@item bottom, b |
|
bottom field first |
|
The default value is @code{top}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item pattern |
|
A string of numbers representing the pulldown pattern you wish to apply. |
|
The default value is @code{23}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@example |
|
Some typical patterns: |
|
|
|
NTSC output (30i): |
|
27.5p: 32222 |
|
24p: 23 (classic) |
|
24p: 2332 (preferred) |
|
20p: 33 |
|
18p: 334 |
|
16p: 3444 |
|
|
|
PAL output (25i): |
|
27.5p: 12222 |
|
24p: 222222222223 ("Euro pulldown") |
|
16.67p: 33 |
|
16p: 33333334 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section thumbnail |
|
Select the most representative frame in a given sequence of consecutive frames. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item n |
|
Set the frames batch size to analyze; in a set of @var{n} frames, the filter |
|
will pick one of them, and then handle the next batch of @var{n} frames until |
|
the end. Default is @code{100}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Since the filter keeps track of the whole frames sequence, a bigger @var{n} |
|
value will result in a higher memory usage, so a high value is not recommended. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Extract one picture each 50 frames: |
|
@example |
|
thumbnail=50 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Complete example of a thumbnail creation with @command{ffmpeg}: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf thumbnail,scale=300:200 -frames:v 1 out.png |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section tile |
|
|
|
Tile several successive frames together. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item layout |
|
Set the grid size (i.e. the number of lines and columns). For the syntax of |
|
this option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
|
|
@item nb_frames |
|
Set the maximum number of frames to render in the given area. It must be less |
|
than or equal to @var{w}x@var{h}. The default value is @code{0}, meaning all |
|
the area will be used. |
|
|
|
@item margin |
|
Set the outer border margin in pixels. |
|
|
|
@item padding |
|
Set the inner border thickness (i.e. the number of pixels between frames). For |
|
more advanced padding options (such as having different values for the edges), |
|
refer to the pad video filter. |
|
|
|
@item color |
|
Specify the color of the unused areaFor the syntax of this option, check the |
|
"Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. The default value of @var{color} |
|
is "black". |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Produce 8x8 PNG tiles of all keyframes (@option{-skip_frame nokey}) in a movie: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -skip_frame nokey -i file.avi -vf 'scale=128:72,tile=8x8' -an -vsync 0 keyframes%03d.png |
|
@end example |
|
The @option{-vsync 0} is necessary to prevent @command{ffmpeg} from |
|
duplicating each output frame to accomodate the originally detected frame |
|
rate. |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Display @code{5} pictures in an area of @code{3x2} frames, |
|
with @code{7} pixels between them, and @code{2} pixels of initial margin, using |
|
mixed flat and named options: |
|
@example |
|
tile=3x2:nb_frames=5:padding=7:margin=2 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section tinterlace |
|
|
|
Perform various types of temporal field interlacing. |
|
|
|
Frames are counted starting from 1, so the first input frame is |
|
considered odd. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item mode |
|
Specify the mode of the interlacing. This option can also be specified |
|
as a value alone. See below for a list of values for this option. |
|
|
|
Available values are: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item merge, 0 |
|
Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field, |
|
generating a double height frame at half frame rate. |
|
|
|
@item drop_odd, 1 |
|
Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped, generating a frame with |
|
unchanged height at half frame rate. |
|
|
|
@item drop_even, 2 |
|
Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped, generating a frame with |
|
unchanged height at half frame rate. |
|
|
|
@item pad, 3 |
|
Expand each frame to full height, but pad alternate lines with black, |
|
generating a frame with double height at the same input frame rate. |
|
|
|
@item interleave_top, 4 |
|
Interleave the upper field from odd frames with the lower field from |
|
even frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate. |
|
|
|
@item interleave_bottom, 5 |
|
Interleave the lower field from odd frames with the upper field from |
|
even frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate. |
|
|
|
@item interlacex2, 6 |
|
Double frame rate with unchanged height. Frames are inserted each |
|
containing the second temporal field from the previous input frame and |
|
the first temporal field from the next input frame. This mode relies on |
|
the top_field_first flag. Useful for interlaced video displays with no |
|
field synchronisation. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Numeric values are deprecated but are accepted for backward |
|
compatibility reasons. |
|
|
|
Default mode is @code{merge}. |
|
|
|
@item flags |
|
Specify flags influencing the filter process. |
|
|
|
Available value for @var{flags} is: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item low_pass_filter, vlfp |
|
Enable vertical low-pass filtering in the filter. |
|
Vertical low-pass filtering is required when creating an interlaced |
|
destination from a progressive source which contains high-frequency |
|
vertical detail. Filtering will reduce interlace 'twitter' and Moire |
|
patterning. |
|
|
|
Vertical low-pass filtering can only be enabled for @option{mode} |
|
@var{interleave_top} and @var{interleave_bottom}. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section transpose |
|
|
|
Transpose rows with columns in the input video and optionally flip it. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item dir |
|
Specify the transposition direction. |
|
|
|
Can assume the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item 0, 4, cclock_flip |
|
Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and vertically flip (default), that is: |
|
@example |
|
L.R L.l |
|
. . -> . . |
|
l.r R.r |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item 1, 5, clock |
|
Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise, that is: |
|
@example |
|
L.R l.L |
|
. . -> . . |
|
l.r r.R |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item 2, 6, cclock |
|
Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise, that is: |
|
@example |
|
L.R R.r |
|
. . -> . . |
|
l.r L.l |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item 3, 7, clock_flip |
|
Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and vertically flip, that is: |
|
@example |
|
L.R r.R |
|
. . -> . . |
|
l.r l.L |
|
@end example |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
For values between 4-7, the transposition is only done if the input |
|
video geometry is portrait and not landscape. These values are |
|
deprecated, the @code{passthrough} option should be used instead. |
|
|
|
Numerical values are deprecated, and should be dropped in favor of |
|
symbolic constants. |
|
|
|
@item passthrough |
|
Do not apply the transposition if the input geometry matches the one |
|
specified by the specified value. It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item none |
|
Always apply transposition. |
|
@item portrait |
|
Preserve portrait geometry (when @var{height} >= @var{width}). |
|
@item landscape |
|
Preserve landscape geometry (when @var{width} >= @var{height}). |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @code{none}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
For example to rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and preserve portrait |
|
layout: |
|
@example |
|
transpose=dir=1:passthrough=portrait |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The command above can also be specified as: |
|
@example |
|
transpose=1:portrait |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section trim |
|
Trim the input so that the output contains one continuous subpart of the input. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item start |
|
Specify time of the start of the kept section, i.e. the frame with the |
|
timestamp @var{start} will be the first frame in the output. |
|
|
|
@item end |
|
Specify time of the first frame that will be dropped, i.e. the frame |
|
immediately preceding the one with the timestamp @var{end} will be the last |
|
frame in the output. |
|
|
|
@item start_pts |
|
Same as @var{start}, except this option sets the start timestamp in timebase |
|
units instead of seconds. |
|
|
|
@item end_pts |
|
Same as @var{end}, except this option sets the end timestamp in timebase units |
|
instead of seconds. |
|
|
|
@item duration |
|
Specify maximum duration of the output. |
|
|
|
@item start_frame |
|
Number of the first frame that should be passed to output. |
|
|
|
@item end_frame |
|
Number of the first frame that should be dropped. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@option{start}, @option{end}, @option{duration} are expressed as time |
|
duration specifications, check the "Time duration" section in the |
|
ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
|
|
Note that the first two sets of the start/end options and the @option{duration} |
|
option look at the frame timestamp, while the _frame variants simply count the |
|
frames that pass through the filter. Also note that this filter does not modify |
|
the timestamps. If you wish that the output timestamps start at zero, insert a |
|
setpts filter after the trim filter. |
|
|
|
If multiple start or end options are set, this filter tries to be greedy and |
|
keep all the frames that match at least one of the specified constraints. To keep |
|
only the part that matches all the constraints at once, chain multiple trim |
|
filters. |
|
|
|
The defaults are such that all the input is kept. So it is possible to set e.g. |
|
just the end values to keep everything before the specified time. |
|
|
|
Examples: |
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
drop everything except the second minute of input |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf trim=60:120 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
keep only the first second |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf trim=duration=1 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
|
|
@section unsharp |
|
|
|
Sharpen or blur the input video. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following parameters: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item luma_msize_x, lx |
|
Set the luma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer between |
|
3 and 63, default value is 5. |
|
|
|
@item luma_msize_y, ly |
|
Set the luma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer between 3 |
|
and 63, default value is 5. |
|
|
|
@item luma_amount, la |
|
Set the luma effect strength. It can be a float number, reasonable |
|
values lay between -1.5 and 1.5. |
|
|
|
Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will |
|
sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect. |
|
|
|
Default value is 1.0. |
|
|
|
@item chroma_msize_x, cx |
|
Set the chroma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer |
|
between 3 and 63, default value is 5. |
|
|
|
@item chroma_msize_y, cy |
|
Set the chroma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer |
|
between 3 and 63, default value is 5. |
|
|
|
@item chroma_amount, ca |
|
Set the chroma effect strength. It can be a float number, reasonable |
|
values lay between -1.5 and 1.5. |
|
|
|
Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will |
|
sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect. |
|
|
|
Default value is 0.0. |
|
|
|
@item opencl |
|
If set to 1, specify using OpenCL capabilities, only available if |
|
FFmpeg was configured with @code{--enable-opencl}. Default value is 0. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
All parameters are optional and default to the equivalent of the |
|
string '5:5:1.0:5:5:0.0'. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Apply strong luma sharpen effect: |
|
@example |
|
unsharp=luma_msize_x=7:luma_msize_y=7:luma_amount=2.5 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply strong blur of both luma and chroma parameters: |
|
@example |
|
unsharp=7:7:-2:7:7:-2 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@anchor{vidstabdetect} |
|
@section vidstabdetect |
|
|
|
Analyze video stabilization/deshaking. Perform pass 1 of 2, see |
|
@ref{vidstabtransform} for pass 2. |
|
|
|
This filter generates a file with relative translation and rotation |
|
transform information about subsequent frames, which is then used by |
|
the @ref{vidstabtransform} filter. |
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with |
|
@code{--enable-libvidstab}. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item result |
|
Set the path to the file used to write the transforms information. |
|
Default value is @file{transforms.trf}. |
|
|
|
@item shakiness |
|
Set how shaky the video is and how quick the camera is. It accepts an |
|
integer in the range 1-10, a value of 1 means little shakiness, a |
|
value of 10 means strong shakiness. Default value is 5. |
|
|
|
@item accuracy |
|
Set the accuracy of the detection process. It must be a value in the |
|
range 1-15. A value of 1 means low accuracy, a value of 15 means high |
|
accuracy. Default value is 15. |
|
|
|
@item stepsize |
|
Set stepsize of the search process. The region around minimum is |
|
scanned with 1 pixel resolution. Default value is 6. |
|
|
|
@item mincontrast |
|
Set minimum contrast. Below this value a local measurement field is |
|
discarded. Must be a floating point value in the range 0-1. Default |
|
value is 0.3. |
|
|
|
@item tripod |
|
Set reference frame number for tripod mode. |
|
|
|
If enabled, the motion of the frames is compared to a reference frame |
|
in the filtered stream, identified by the specified number. The idea |
|
is to compensate all movements in a more-or-less static scene and keep |
|
the camera view absolutely still. |
|
|
|
If set to 0, it is disabled. The frames are counted starting from 1. |
|
|
|
@item show |
|
Show fields and transforms in the resulting frames. It accepts an |
|
integer in the range 0-2. Default value is 0, which disables any |
|
visualization. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Use default values: |
|
@example |
|
vidstabdetect |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Analyze strongly shaky movie and put the results in file |
|
@file{mytransforms.trf}: |
|
@example |
|
vidstabdetect=shakiness=10:accuracy=15:result="mytransforms.trf" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Visualize the result of internal transformations in the resulting |
|
video: |
|
@example |
|
vidstabdetect=show=1 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Analyze a video with medium shakiness using @command{ffmpeg}: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i input -vf vidstabdetect=shakiness=5:show=1 dummy.avi |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@anchor{vidstabtransform} |
|
@section vidstabtransform |
|
|
|
Video stabilization/deshaking: pass 2 of 2, |
|
see @ref{vidstabdetect} for pass 1. |
|
|
|
Read a file with transform information for each frame and |
|
apply/compensate them. Together with the @ref{vidstabdetect} |
|
filter this can be used to deshake videos. See also |
|
@url{http://public.hronopik.de/vid.stab}. It is important to also use |
|
the unsharp filter, see below. |
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with |
|
@code{--enable-libvidstab}. |
|
|
|
@subsection Options |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item input |
|
Set path to the file used to read the transforms. Default value is |
|
@file{transforms.trf}). |
|
|
|
@item smoothing |
|
Set the number of frames (value*2 + 1) used for lowpass filtering the |
|
camera movements. Default value is 10. |
|
|
|
For example a number of 10 means that 21 frames are used (10 in the |
|
past and 10 in the future) to smoothen the motion in the video. A |
|
larger values leads to a smoother video, but limits the acceleration |
|
of the camera (pan/tilt movements). 0 is a special case where a |
|
static camera is simulated. |
|
|
|
@item optalgo |
|
Set the camera path optimization algorithm. |
|
|
|
Accepted values are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item gauss |
|
gaussian kernel low-pass filter on camera motion (default) |
|
@item avg |
|
averaging on transformations |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item maxshift |
|
Set maximal number of pixels to translate frames. Default value is -1, |
|
meaning no limit. |
|
|
|
@item maxangle |
|
Set maximal angle in radians (degree*PI/180) to rotate frames. Default |
|
value is -1, meaning no limit. |
|
|
|
@item crop |
|
Specify how to deal with borders that may be visible due to movement |
|
compensation. |
|
|
|
Available values are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item keep |
|
keep image information from previous frame (default) |
|
@item black |
|
fill the border black |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item invert |
|
Invert transforms if set to 1. Default value is 0. |
|
|
|
@item relative |
|
Consider transforms as relative to previsou frame if set to 1, |
|
absolute if set to 0. Default value is 0. |
|
|
|
@item zoom |
|
Set percentage to zoom. A positive value will result in a zoom-in |
|
effect, a negative value in a zoom-out effect. Default value is 0 (no |
|
zoom). |
|
|
|
@item optzoom |
|
Set optimal zooming to avoid borders. |
|
|
|
Accepted values are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item 0 |
|
disabled |
|
@item 1 |
|
optimal static zoom value is determined (only very strong movements |
|
will lead to visible borders) (default) |
|
@item 2 |
|
optimal adaptive zoom value is determined (no borders will be |
|
visible), see @option{zoomspeed} |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Note that the value given at zoom is added to the one calculated here. |
|
|
|
@item zoomspeed |
|
Set percent to zoom maximally each frame (enabled when |
|
@option{optzoom} is set to 2). Range is from 0 to 5, default value is |
|
0.25. |
|
|
|
@item interpol |
|
Specify type of interpolation. |
|
|
|
Available values are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item no |
|
no interpolation |
|
@item linear |
|
linear only horizontal |
|
@item bilinear |
|
linear in both directions (default) |
|
@item bicubic |
|
cubic in both directions (slow) |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item tripod |
|
Enable virtual tripod mode if set to 1, which is equivalent to |
|
@code{relative=0:smoothing=0}. Default value is 0. |
|
|
|
Use also @code{tripod} option of @ref{vidstabdetect}. |
|
|
|
@item debug |
|
Increase log verbosity if set to 1. Also the detected global motions |
|
are written to the temporary file @file{global_motions.trf}. Default |
|
value is 0. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Use @command{ffmpeg} for a typical stabilization with default values: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i inp.mpeg -vf vidstabtransform,unsharp=5:5:0.8:3:3:0.4 inp_stabilized.mpeg |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Note the use of the unsharp filter which is always recommended. |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Zoom in a bit more and load transform data from a given file: |
|
@example |
|
vidstabtransform=zoom=5:input="mytransforms.trf" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Smoothen the video even more: |
|
@example |
|
vidstabtransform=smoothing=30 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section vflip |
|
|
|
Flip the input video vertically. |
|
|
|
For example, to vertically flip a video with @command{ffmpeg}: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "vflip" out.avi |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section vignette |
|
|
|
Make or reverse a natural vignetting effect. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item angle, a |
|
Set lens angle expression as a number of radians. |
|
|
|
The value is clipped in the @code{[0,PI/2]} range. |
|
|
|
Default value: @code{"PI/5"} |
|
|
|
@item x0 |
|
@item y0 |
|
Set center coordinates expressions. Respectively @code{"w/2"} and @code{"h/2"} |
|
by default. |
|
|
|
@item mode |
|
Set forward/backward mode. |
|
|
|
Available modes are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item forward |
|
The larger the distance from the central point, the darker the image becomes. |
|
|
|
@item backward |
|
The larger the distance from the central point, the brighter the image becomes. |
|
This can be used to reverse a vignette effect, though there is no automatic |
|
detection to extract the lens @option{angle} and other settings (yet). It can |
|
also be used to create a burning effect. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{forward}. |
|
|
|
@item eval |
|
Set evaluation mode for the expressions (@option{angle}, @option{x0}, @option{y0}). |
|
|
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item init |
|
Evaluate expressions only once during the filter initialization. |
|
|
|
@item frame |
|
Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame. This is way slower than the |
|
@samp{init} mode since it requires all the scalers to be re-computed, but it |
|
allows advanced dynamic expressions. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{init}. |
|
|
|
@item dither |
|
Set dithering to reduce the circular banding effects. Default is @code{1} |
|
(enabled). |
|
|
|
@item aspect |
|
Set vignette aspect. This setting allows to adjust the shape of the vignette. |
|
Setting this value to the SAR of the input will make a rectangular vignetting |
|
following the dimensions of the video. |
|
|
|
Default is @code{1/1}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Expressions |
|
|
|
The @option{alpha}, @option{x0} and @option{y0} expressions can contain the |
|
following parameters. |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item w |
|
@item h |
|
input width and height |
|
|
|
@item n |
|
the number of input frame, starting from 0 |
|
|
|
@item pts |
|
the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) time of the filtered video frame, expressed in |
|
@var{TB} units, NAN if undefined |
|
|
|
@item r |
|
frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown |
|
|
|
@item t |
|
the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame, |
|
expressed in seconds, NAN if undefined |
|
|
|
@item tb |
|
time base of the input video |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Apply simple strong vignetting effect: |
|
@example |
|
vignette=PI/4 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Make a flickering vignetting: |
|
@example |
|
vignette='PI/4+random(1)*PI/50':eval=frame |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section w3fdif |
|
|
|
Deinterlace the input video ("w3fdif" stands for "Weston 3 Field |
|
Deinterlacing Filter"). |
|
|
|
Based on the process described by Martin Weston for BBC R&D, and |
|
implemented based on the de-interlace algorithm written by Jim |
|
Easterbrook for BBC R&D, the Weston 3 field deinterlacing filter |
|
uses filter coefficients calculated by BBC R&D. |
|
|
|
There are two sets of filter coefficients, so called "simple": |
|
and "complex". Which set of filter coefficients is used can |
|
be set by passing an optional parameter: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item filter |
|
Set the interlacing filter coefficients. Accepts one of the following values: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item simple |
|
Simple filter coefficient set. |
|
@item complex |
|
More-complex filter coefficient set. |
|
@end table |
|
Default value is @samp{complex}. |
|
|
|
@item deint |
|
Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accept one of the following values: |
|
|
|
@table @samp |
|
@item all |
|
Deinterlace all frames, |
|
@item interlaced |
|
Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{all}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@anchor{yadif} |
|
@section yadif |
|
|
|
Deinterlace the input video ("yadif" means "yet another deinterlacing |
|
filter"). |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item mode |
|
The interlacing mode to adopt, accepts one of the following values: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item 0, send_frame |
|
output 1 frame for each frame |
|
@item 1, send_field |
|
output 1 frame for each field |
|
@item 2, send_frame_nospatial |
|
like @code{send_frame} but skip spatial interlacing check |
|
@item 3, send_field_nospatial |
|
like @code{send_field} but skip spatial interlacing check |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @code{send_frame}. |
|
|
|
@item parity |
|
The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video, accepts one of |
|
the following values: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item 0, tff |
|
assume top field first |
|
@item 1, bff |
|
assume bottom field first |
|
@item -1, auto |
|
enable automatic detection |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @code{auto}. |
|
If interlacing is unknown or decoder does not export this information, |
|
top field first will be assumed. |
|
|
|
@item deint |
|
Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accept one of the following |
|
values: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item 0, all |
|
deinterlace all frames |
|
@item 1, interlaced |
|
only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @code{all}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@c man end VIDEO FILTERS |
|
|
|
@chapter Video Sources |
|
@c man begin VIDEO SOURCES |
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available video sources. |
|
|
|
@section buffer |
|
|
|
Buffer video frames, and make them available to the filter chain. |
|
|
|
This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular |
|
through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/vsrc_buffer.h}. |
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item video_size |
|
Specify the size (width and height) of the buffered video frames. For the |
|
syntax of this option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils |
|
manual. |
|
|
|
@item width |
|
Input video width. |
|
|
|
@item height |
|
Input video height. |
|
|
|
@item pix_fmt |
|
A string representing the pixel format of the buffered video frames. |
|
It may be a number corresponding to a pixel format, or a pixel format |
|
name. |
|
|
|
@item time_base |
|
Specify the timebase assumed by the timestamps of the buffered frames. |
|
|
|
@item frame_rate |
|
Specify the frame rate expected for the video stream. |
|
|
|
@item pixel_aspect, sar |
|
Specify the sample aspect ratio assumed by the video frames. |
|
|
|
@item sws_param |
|
Specify the optional parameters to be used for the scale filter which |
|
is automatically inserted when an input change is detected in the |
|
input size or format. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
For example: |
|
@example |
|
buffer=width=320:height=240:pix_fmt=yuv410p:time_base=1/24:sar=1 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
will instruct the source to accept video frames with size 320x240 and |
|
with format "yuv410p", assuming 1/24 as the timestamps timebase and |
|
square pixels (1:1 sample aspect ratio). |
|
Since the pixel format with name "yuv410p" corresponds to the number 6 |
|
(check the enum AVPixelFormat definition in @file{libavutil/pixfmt.h}), |
|
this example corresponds to: |
|
@example |
|
buffer=size=320x240:pixfmt=6:time_base=1/24:pixel_aspect=1/1 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string, but this |
|
syntax is deprecated: |
|
|
|
@var{width}:@var{height}:@var{pix_fmt}:@var{time_base.num}:@var{time_base.den}:@var{pixel_aspect.num}:@var{pixel_aspect.den}[:@var{sws_param}] |
|
|
|
@section cellauto |
|
|
|
Create a pattern generated by an elementary cellular automaton. |
|
|
|
The initial state of the cellular automaton can be defined through the |
|
@option{filename}, and @option{pattern} options. If such options are |
|
not specified an initial state is created randomly. |
|
|
|
At each new frame a new row in the video is filled with the result of |
|
the cellular automaton next generation. The behavior when the whole |
|
frame is filled is defined by the @option{scroll} option. |
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item filename, f |
|
Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from |
|
the specified file. |
|
In the file, each non-whitespace character is considered an alive |
|
cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in the |
|
file will be ignored. |
|
|
|
@item pattern, p |
|
Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from |
|
the specified string. |
|
|
|
Each non-whitespace character in the string is considered an alive |
|
cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in the |
|
string will be ignored. |
|
|
|
@item rate, r |
|
Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second. |
|
Default is 25. |
|
|
|
@item random_fill_ratio, ratio |
|
Set the random fill ratio for the initial cellular automaton row. It |
|
is a floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to |
|
1/PHI. |
|
|
|
This option is ignored when a file or a pattern is specified. |
|
|
|
@item random_seed, seed |
|
Set the seed for filling randomly the initial row, must be an integer |
|
included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly |
|
set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best |
|
effort basis. |
|
|
|
@item rule |
|
Set the cellular automaton rule, it is a number ranging from 0 to 255. |
|
Default value is 110. |
|
|
|
@item size, s |
|
Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check |
|
the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
|
|
If @option{filename} or @option{pattern} is specified, the size is set |
|
by default to the width of the specified initial state row, and the |
|
height is set to @var{width} * PHI. |
|
|
|
If @option{size} is set, it must contain the width of the specified |
|
pattern string, and the specified pattern will be centered in the |
|
larger row. |
|
|
|
If a filename or a pattern string is not specified, the size value |
|
defaults to "320x518" (used for a randomly generated initial state). |
|
|
|
@item scroll |
|
If set to 1, scroll the output upward when all the rows in the output |
|
have been already filled. If set to 0, the new generated row will be |
|
written over the top row just after the bottom row is filled. |
|
Defaults to 1. |
|
|
|
@item start_full, full |
|
If set to 1, completely fill the output with generated rows before |
|
outputting the first frame. |
|
This is the default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0. |
|
|
|
@item stitch |
|
If set to 1, stitch the left and right row edges together. |
|
This is the default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Read the initial state from @file{pattern}, and specify an output of |
|
size 200x400. |
|
@example |
|
cellauto=f=pattern:s=200x400 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate a random initial row with a width of 200 cells, with a fill |
|
ratio of 2/3: |
|
@example |
|
cellauto=ratio=2/3:s=200x200 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Create a pattern generated by rule 18 starting by a single alive cell |
|
centered on an initial row with width 100: |
|
@example |
|
cellauto=p=@@:s=100x400:full=0:rule=18 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Specify a more elaborated initial pattern: |
|
@example |
|
cellauto=p='@@@@ @@ @@@@':s=100x400:full=0:rule=18 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section mandelbrot |
|
|
|
Generate a Mandelbrot set fractal, and progressively zoom towards the |
|
point specified with @var{start_x} and @var{start_y}. |
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item end_pts |
|
Set the terminal pts value. Default value is 400. |
|
|
|
@item end_scale |
|
Set the terminal scale value. |
|
Must be a floating point value. Default value is 0.3. |
|
|
|
@item inner |
|
Set the inner coloring mode, that is the algorithm used to draw the |
|
Mandelbrot fractal internal region. |
|
|
|
It shall assume one of the following values: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item black |
|
Set black mode. |
|
@item convergence |
|
Show time until convergence. |
|
@item mincol |
|
Set color based on point closest to the origin of the iterations. |
|
@item period |
|
Set period mode. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @var{mincol}. |
|
|
|
@item bailout |
|
Set the bailout value. Default value is 10.0. |
|
|
|
@item maxiter |
|
Set the maximum of iterations performed by the rendering |
|
algorithm. Default value is 7189. |
|
|
|
@item outer |
|
Set outer coloring mode. |
|
It shall assume one of following values: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item iteration_count |
|
Set iteration cound mode. |
|
@item normalized_iteration_count |
|
set normalized iteration count mode. |
|
@end table |
|
Default value is @var{normalized_iteration_count}. |
|
|
|
@item rate, r |
|
Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default |
|
value is "25". |
|
|
|
@item size, s |
|
Set frame size. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video |
|
size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is "640x480". |
|
|
|
@item start_scale |
|
Set the initial scale value. Default value is 3.0. |
|
|
|
@item start_x |
|
Set the initial x position. Must be a floating point value between |
|
-100 and 100. Default value is -0.743643887037158704752191506114774. |
|
|
|
@item start_y |
|
Set the initial y position. Must be a floating point value between |
|
-100 and 100. Default value is -0.131825904205311970493132056385139. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@section mptestsrc |
|
|
|
Generate various test patterns, as generated by the MPlayer test filter. |
|
|
|
The size of the generated video is fixed, and is 256x256. |
|
This source is useful in particular for testing encoding features. |
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item rate, r |
|
Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames |
|
generated per second. It has to be a string in the format |
|
@var{frame_rate_num}/@var{frame_rate_den}, an integer number, a float |
|
number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value is |
|
"25". |
|
|
|
@item duration, d |
|
Set the video duration of the sourced video. The accepted syntax is: |
|
@example |
|
[-]HH:MM:SS[.m...] |
|
[-]S+[.m...] |
|
@end example |
|
See also the function @code{av_parse_time()}. |
|
|
|
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is |
|
supposed to be generated forever. |
|
|
|
@item test, t |
|
|
|
Set the number or the name of the test to perform. Supported tests are: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item dc_luma |
|
@item dc_chroma |
|
@item freq_luma |
|
@item freq_chroma |
|
@item amp_luma |
|
@item amp_chroma |
|
@item cbp |
|
@item mv |
|
@item ring1 |
|
@item ring2 |
|
@item all |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is "all", which will cycle through the list of all tests. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
For example the following: |
|
@example |
|
testsrc=t=dc_luma |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
will generate a "dc_luma" test pattern. |
|
|
|
@section frei0r_src |
|
|
|
Provide a frei0r source. |
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to install the frei0r |
|
header and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-frei0r}. |
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item size |
|
The size of the video to generate. For the syntax of this option, check the |
|
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
|
|
@item framerate |
|
Framerate of the generated video, may be a string of the form |
|
@var{num}/@var{den} or a frame rate abbreviation. |
|
|
|
@item filter_name |
|
The name to the frei0r source to load. For more information regarding frei0r and |
|
how to set the parameters read the section @ref{frei0r} in the description of |
|
the video filters. |
|
|
|
@item filter_params |
|
A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r source. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
For example, to generate a frei0r partik0l source with size 200x200 |
|
and frame rate 10 which is overlayed on the overlay filter main input: |
|
@example |
|
frei0r_src=size=200x200:framerate=10:filter_name=partik0l:filter_params=1234 [overlay]; [in][overlay] overlay |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@section life |
|
|
|
Generate a life pattern. |
|
|
|
This source is based on a generalization of John Conway's life game. |
|
|
|
The sourced input represents a life grid, each pixel represents a cell |
|
which can be in one of two possible states, alive or dead. Every cell |
|
interacts with its eight neighbours, which are the cells that are |
|
horizontally, vertically, or diagonally adjacent. |
|
|
|
At each interaction the grid evolves according to the adopted rule, |
|
which specifies the number of neighbor alive cells which will make a |
|
cell stay alive or born. The @option{rule} option allows to specify |
|
the rule to adopt. |
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item filename, f |
|
Set the file from which to read the initial grid state. In the file, |
|
each non-whitespace character is considered an alive cell, and newline |
|
is used to delimit the end of each row. |
|
|
|
If this option is not specified, the initial grid is generated |
|
randomly. |
|
|
|
@item rate, r |
|
Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second. |
|
Default is 25. |
|
|
|
@item random_fill_ratio, ratio |
|
Set the random fill ratio for the initial random grid. It is a |
|
floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to 1/PHI. |
|
It is ignored when a file is specified. |
|
|
|
@item random_seed, seed |
|
Set the seed for filling the initial random grid, must be an integer |
|
included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly |
|
set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best |
|
effort basis. |
|
|
|
@item rule |
|
Set the life rule. |
|
|
|
A rule can be specified with a code of the kind "S@var{NS}/B@var{NB}", |
|
where @var{NS} and @var{NB} are sequences of numbers in the range 0-8, |
|
@var{NS} specifies the number of alive neighbor cells which make a |
|
live cell stay alive, and @var{NB} the number of alive neighbor cells |
|
which make a dead cell to become alive (i.e. to "born"). |
|
"s" and "b" can be used in place of "S" and "B", respectively. |
|
|
|
Alternatively a rule can be specified by an 18-bits integer. The 9 |
|
high order bits are used to encode the next cell state if it is alive |
|
for each number of neighbor alive cells, the low order bits specify |
|
the rule for "borning" new cells. Higher order bits encode for an |
|
higher number of neighbor cells. |
|
For example the number 6153 = @code{(12<<9)+9} specifies a stay alive |
|
rule of 12 and a born rule of 9, which corresponds to "S23/B03". |
|
|
|
Default value is "S23/B3", which is the original Conway's game of life |
|
rule, and will keep a cell alive if it has 2 or 3 neighbor alive |
|
cells, and will born a new cell if there are three alive cells around |
|
a dead cell. |
|
|
|
@item size, s |
|
Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check the |
|
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
|
|
If @option{filename} is specified, the size is set by default to the |
|
same size of the input file. If @option{size} is set, it must contain |
|
the size specified in the input file, and the initial grid defined in |
|
that file is centered in the larger resulting area. |
|
|
|
If a filename is not specified, the size value defaults to "320x240" |
|
(used for a randomly generated initial grid). |
|
|
|
@item stitch |
|
If set to 1, stitch the left and right grid edges together, and the |
|
top and bottom edges also. Defaults to 1. |
|
|
|
@item mold |
|
Set cell mold speed. If set, a dead cell will go from @option{death_color} to |
|
@option{mold_color} with a step of @option{mold}. @option{mold} can have a |
|
value from 0 to 255. |
|
|
|
@item life_color |
|
Set the color of living (or new born) cells. |
|
|
|
@item death_color |
|
Set the color of dead cells. If @option{mold} is set, this is the first color |
|
used to represent a dead cell. |
|
|
|
@item mold_color |
|
Set mold color, for definitely dead and moldy cells. |
|
|
|
For the syntax of these 3 color options, check the "Color" section in the |
|
ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Read a grid from @file{pattern}, and center it on a grid of size |
|
300x300 pixels: |
|
@example |
|
life=f=pattern:s=300x300 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate a random grid of size 200x200, with a fill ratio of 2/3: |
|
@example |
|
life=ratio=2/3:s=200x200 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Specify a custom rule for evolving a randomly generated grid: |
|
@example |
|
life=rule=S14/B34 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Full example with slow death effect (mold) using @command{ffplay}: |
|
@example |
|
ffplay -f lavfi life=s=300x200:mold=10:r=60:ratio=0.1:death_color=#C83232:life_color=#00ff00,scale=1200:800:flags=16 |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@anchor{color} |
|
@anchor{haldclutsrc} |
|
@anchor{nullsrc} |
|
@anchor{rgbtestsrc} |
|
@anchor{smptebars} |
|
@anchor{smptehdbars} |
|
@anchor{testsrc} |
|
@section color, haldclutsrc, nullsrc, rgbtestsrc, smptebars, smptehdbars, testsrc |
|
|
|
The @code{color} source provides an uniformly colored input. |
|
|
|
The @code{haldclutsrc} source provides an identity Hald CLUT. See also |
|
@ref{haldclut} filter. |
|
|
|
The @code{nullsrc} source returns unprocessed video frames. It is |
|
mainly useful to be employed in analysis / debugging tools, or as the |
|
source for filters which ignore the input data. |
|
|
|
The @code{rgbtestsrc} source generates an RGB test pattern useful for |
|
detecting RGB vs BGR issues. You should see a red, green and blue |
|
stripe from top to bottom. |
|
|
|
The @code{smptebars} source generates a color bars pattern, based on |
|
the SMPTE Engineering Guideline EG 1-1990. |
|
|
|
The @code{smptehdbars} source generates a color bars pattern, based on |
|
the SMPTE RP 219-2002. |
|
|
|
The @code{testsrc} source generates a test video pattern, showing a |
|
color pattern, a scrolling gradient and a timestamp. This is mainly |
|
intended for testing purposes. |
|
|
|
The sources accept the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item color, c |
|
Specify the color of the source, only available in the @code{color} |
|
source. For the syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the |
|
ffmpeg-utils manual. |
|
|
|
@item level |
|
Specify the level of the Hald CLUT, only available in the @code{haldclutsrc} |
|
source. A level of @code{N} generates a picture of @code{N*N*N} by @code{N*N*N} |
|
pixels to be used as identity matrix for 3D lookup tables. Each component is |
|
coded on a @code{1/(N*N)} scale. |
|
|
|
@item size, s |
|
Specify the size of the sourced video. For the syntax of this option, check the |
|
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. The default value is |
|
"320x240". |
|
|
|
This option is not available with the @code{haldclutsrc} filter. |
|
|
|
@item rate, r |
|
Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames |
|
generated per second. It has to be a string in the format |
|
@var{frame_rate_num}/@var{frame_rate_den}, an integer number, a float |
|
number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value is |
|
"25". |
|
|
|
@item sar |
|
Set the sample aspect ratio of the sourced video. |
|
|
|
@item duration, d |
|
Set the video duration of the sourced video. The accepted syntax is: |
|
@example |
|
[-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]] |
|
[-]S+[.m...] |
|
@end example |
|
See also the function @code{av_parse_time()}. |
|
|
|
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is |
|
supposed to be generated forever. |
|
|
|
@item decimals, n |
|
Set the number of decimals to show in the timestamp, only available in the |
|
@code{testsrc} source. |
|
|
|
The displayed timestamp value will correspond to the original |
|
timestamp value multiplied by the power of 10 of the specified |
|
value. Default value is 0. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
For example the following: |
|
@example |
|
testsrc=duration=5.3:size=qcif:rate=10 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
will generate a video with a duration of 5.3 seconds, with size |
|
176x144 and a frame rate of 10 frames per second. |
|
|
|
The following graph description will generate a red source |
|
with an opacity of 0.2, with size "qcif" and a frame rate of 10 |
|
frames per second. |
|
@example |
|
color=c=red@@0.2:s=qcif:r=10 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
If the input content is to be ignored, @code{nullsrc} can be used. The |
|
following command generates noise in the luminance plane by employing |
|
the @code{geq} filter: |
|
@example |
|
nullsrc=s=256x256, geq=random(1)*255:128:128 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@subsection Commands |
|
|
|
The @code{color} source supports the following commands: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item c, color |
|
Set the color of the created image. Accepts the same syntax of the |
|
corresponding @option{color} option. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@c man end VIDEO SOURCES |
|
|
|
@chapter Video Sinks |
|
@c man begin VIDEO SINKS |
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available video sinks. |
|
|
|
@section buffersink |
|
|
|
Buffer video frames, and make them available to the end of the filter |
|
graph. |
|
|
|
This sink is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular |
|
through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/buffersink.h} |
|
or the options system. |
|
|
|
It accepts a pointer to an AVBufferSinkContext structure, which |
|
defines the incoming buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque |
|
parameter to @code{avfilter_init_filter} for initialization. |
|
|
|
@section nullsink |
|
|
|
Null video sink, do absolutely nothing with the input video. It is |
|
mainly useful as a template and to be employed in analysis / debugging |
|
tools. |
|
|
|
@c man end VIDEO SINKS |
|
|
|
@chapter Multimedia Filters |
|
@c man begin MULTIMEDIA FILTERS |
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available multimedia filters. |
|
|
|
@section avectorscope |
|
|
|
Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio vector |
|
scope. |
|
|
|
The filter is used to measure the difference between channels of stereo |
|
audio stream. A monoaural signal, consisting of identical left and right |
|
signal, results in straight vertical line. Any stereo separation is visible |
|
as a deviation from this line, creating a Lissajous figure. |
|
If the straight (or deviation from it) but horizontal line appears this |
|
indicates that the left and right channels are out of phase. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item mode, m |
|
Set the vectorscope mode. |
|
|
|
Available values are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item lissajous |
|
Lissajous rotated by 45 degrees. |
|
|
|
@item lissajous_xy |
|
Same as above but not rotated. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{lissajous}. |
|
|
|
@item size, s |
|
Set the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size" |
|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is @code{400x400}. |
|
|
|
@item rate, r |
|
Set the output frame rate. Default value is @code{25}. |
|
|
|
@item rc |
|
@item gc |
|
@item bc |
|
Specify the red, green and blue contrast. Default values are @code{40}, @code{160} and @code{80}. |
|
Allowed range is @code{[0, 255]}. |
|
|
|
@item rf |
|
@item gf |
|
@item bf |
|
Specify the red, green and blue fade. Default values are @code{15}, @code{10} and @code{5}. |
|
Allowed range is @code{[0, 255]}. |
|
|
|
@item zoom |
|
Set the zoom factor. Default value is @code{1}. Allowed range is @code{[1, 10]}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Complete example using @command{ffplay}: |
|
@example |
|
ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1]; |
|
[a] avectorscope=zoom=1.3:rc=2:gc=200:bc=10:rf=1:gf=8:bf=7 [out0]' |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section concat |
|
|
|
Concatenate audio and video streams, joining them together one after the |
|
other. |
|
|
|
The filter works on segments of synchronized video and audio streams. All |
|
segments must have the same number of streams of each type, and that will |
|
also be the number of streams at output. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item n |
|
Set the number of segments. Default is 2. |
|
|
|
@item v |
|
Set the number of output video streams, that is also the number of video |
|
streams in each segment. Default is 1. |
|
|
|
@item a |
|
Set the number of output audio streams, that is also the number of video |
|
streams in each segment. Default is 0. |
|
|
|
@item unsafe |
|
Activate unsafe mode: do not fail if segments have a different format. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The filter has @var{v}+@var{a} outputs: first @var{v} video outputs, then |
|
@var{a} audio outputs. |
|
|
|
There are @var{n}x(@var{v}+@var{a}) inputs: first the inputs for the first |
|
segment, in the same order as the outputs, then the inputs for the second |
|
segment, etc. |
|
|
|
Related streams do not always have exactly the same duration, for various |
|
reasons including codec frame size or sloppy authoring. For that reason, |
|
related synchronized streams (e.g. a video and its audio track) should be |
|
concatenated at once. The concat filter will use the duration of the longest |
|
stream in each segment (except the last one), and if necessary pad shorter |
|
audio streams with silence. |
|
|
|
For this filter to work correctly, all segments must start at timestamp 0. |
|
|
|
All corresponding streams must have the same parameters in all segments; the |
|
filtering system will automatically select a common pixel format for video |
|
streams, and a common sample format, sample rate and channel layout for |
|
audio streams, but other settings, such as resolution, must be converted |
|
explicitly by the user. |
|
|
|
Different frame rates are acceptable but will result in variable frame rate |
|
at output; be sure to configure the output file to handle it. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Concatenate an opening, an episode and an ending, all in bilingual version |
|
(video in stream 0, audio in streams 1 and 2): |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i opening.mkv -i episode.mkv -i ending.mkv -filter_complex \ |
|
'[0:0] [0:1] [0:2] [1:0] [1:1] [1:2] [2:0] [2:1] [2:2] |
|
concat=n=3:v=1:a=2 [v] [a1] [a2]' \ |
|
-map '[v]' -map '[a1]' -map '[a2]' output.mkv |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Concatenate two parts, handling audio and video separately, using the |
|
(a)movie sources, and adjusting the resolution: |
|
@example |
|
movie=part1.mp4, scale=512:288 [v1] ; amovie=part1.mp4 [a1] ; |
|
movie=part2.mp4, scale=512:288 [v2] ; amovie=part2.mp4 [a2] ; |
|
[v1] [v2] concat [outv] ; [a1] [a2] concat=v=0:a=1 [outa] |
|
@end example |
|
Note that a desync will happen at the stitch if the audio and video streams |
|
do not have exactly the same duration in the first file. |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section ebur128 |
|
|
|
EBU R128 scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream as input and outputs |
|
it unchanged. By default, it logs a message at a frequency of 10Hz with the |
|
Momentary loudness (identified by @code{M}), Short-term loudness (@code{S}), |
|
Integrated loudness (@code{I}) and Loudness Range (@code{LRA}). |
|
|
|
The filter also has a video output (see the @var{video} option) with a real |
|
time graph to observe the loudness evolution. The graphic contains the logged |
|
message mentioned above, so it is not printed anymore when this option is set, |
|
unless the verbose logging is set. The main graphing area contains the |
|
short-term loudness (3 seconds of analysis), and the gauge on the right is for |
|
the momentary loudness (400 milliseconds). |
|
|
|
More information about the Loudness Recommendation EBU R128 on |
|
@url{http://tech.ebu.ch/loudness}. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item video |
|
Activate the video output. The audio stream is passed unchanged whether this |
|
option is set or no. The video stream will be the first output stream if |
|
activated. Default is @code{0}. |
|
|
|
@item size |
|
Set the video size. This option is for video only. For the syntax of this |
|
option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default |
|
and minimum resolution is @code{640x480}. |
|
|
|
@item meter |
|
Set the EBU scale meter. Default is @code{9}. Common values are @code{9} and |
|
@code{18}, respectively for EBU scale meter +9 and EBU scale meter +18. Any |
|
other integer value between this range is allowed. |
|
|
|
@item metadata |
|
Set metadata injection. If set to @code{1}, the audio input will be segmented |
|
into 100ms output frames, each of them containing various loudness information |
|
in metadata. All the metadata keys are prefixed with @code{lavfi.r128.}. |
|
|
|
Default is @code{0}. |
|
|
|
@item framelog |
|
Force the frame logging level. |
|
|
|
Available values are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item info |
|
information logging level |
|
@item verbose |
|
verbose logging level |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
By default, the logging level is set to @var{info}. If the @option{video} or |
|
the @option{metadata} options are set, it switches to @var{verbose}. |
|
|
|
@item peak |
|
Set peak mode(s). |
|
|
|
Available modes can be cumulated (the option is a @code{flag} type). Possible |
|
values are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item none |
|
Disable any peak mode (default). |
|
@item sample |
|
Enable sample-peak mode. |
|
|
|
Simple peak mode looking for the higher sample value. It logs a message |
|
for sample-peak (identified by @code{SPK}). |
|
@item true |
|
Enable true-peak mode. |
|
|
|
If enabled, the peak lookup is done on an over-sampled version of the input |
|
stream for better peak accuracy. It logs a message for true-peak. |
|
(identified by @code{TPK}) and true-peak per frame (identified by @code{FTPK}). |
|
This mode requires a build with @code{libswresample}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Real-time graph using @command{ffplay}, with a EBU scale meter +18: |
|
@example |
|
ffplay -f lavfi -i "amovie=input.mp3,ebur128=video=1:meter=18 [out0][out1]" |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Run an analysis with @command{ffmpeg}: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -nostats -i input.mp3 -filter_complex ebur128 -f null - |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section interleave, ainterleave |
|
|
|
Temporally interleave frames from several inputs. |
|
|
|
@code{interleave} works with video inputs, @code{ainterleave} with audio. |
|
|
|
These filters read frames from several inputs and send the oldest |
|
queued frame to the output. |
|
|
|
Input streams must have a well defined, monotonically increasing frame |
|
timestamp values. |
|
|
|
In order to submit one frame to output, these filters need to enqueue |
|
at least one frame for each input, so they cannot work in case one |
|
input is not yet terminated and will not receive incoming frames. |
|
|
|
For example consider the case when one input is a @code{select} filter |
|
which always drop input frames. The @code{interleave} filter will keep |
|
reading from that input, but it will never be able to send new frames |
|
to output until the input will send an end-of-stream signal. |
|
|
|
Also, depending on inputs synchronization, the filters will drop |
|
frames in case one input receives more frames than the other ones, and |
|
the queue is already filled. |
|
|
|
These filters accept the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item nb_inputs, n |
|
Set the number of different inputs, it is 2 by default. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Interleave frames belonging to different streams using @command{ffmpeg}: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i bambi.avi -i pr0n.mkv -filter_complex "[0:v][1:v] interleave" out.avi |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Add flickering blur effect: |
|
@example |
|
select='if(gt(random(0), 0.2), 1, 2)':n=2 [tmp], boxblur=2:2, [tmp] interleave |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section perms, aperms |
|
|
|
Set read/write permissions for the output frames. |
|
|
|
These filters are mainly aimed at developers to test direct path in the |
|
following filter in the filtergraph. |
|
|
|
The filters accept the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item mode |
|
Select the permissions mode. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item none |
|
Do nothing. This is the default. |
|
@item ro |
|
Set all the output frames read-only. |
|
@item rw |
|
Set all the output frames directly writable. |
|
@item toggle |
|
Make the frame read-only if writable, and writable if read-only. |
|
@item random |
|
Set each output frame read-only or writable randomly. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item seed |
|
Set the seed for the @var{random} mode, must be an integer included between |
|
@code{0} and @code{UINT32_MAX}. If not specified, or if explicitly set to |
|
@code{-1}, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best effort |
|
basis. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Note: in case of auto-inserted filter between the permission filter and the |
|
following one, the permission might not be received as expected in that |
|
following filter. Inserting a @ref{format} or @ref{aformat} filter before the |
|
perms/aperms filter can avoid this problem. |
|
|
|
@section select, aselect |
|
|
|
Select frames to pass in output. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item expr, e |
|
Set expression, which is evaluated for each input frame. |
|
|
|
If the expression is evaluated to zero, the frame is discarded. |
|
|
|
If the evaluation result is negative or NaN, the frame is sent to the |
|
first output; otherwise it is sent to the output with index |
|
@code{ceil(val)-1}, assuming that the input index starts from 0. |
|
|
|
For example a value of @code{1.2} corresponds to the output with index |
|
@code{ceil(1.2)-1 = 2-1 = 1}, that is the second output. |
|
|
|
@item outputs, n |
|
Set the number of outputs. The output to which to send the selected |
|
frame is based on the result of the evaluation. Default value is 1. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The expression can contain the following constants: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item n |
|
the sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from 0 |
|
|
|
@item selected_n |
|
the sequential number of the selected frame, starting from 0 |
|
|
|
@item prev_selected_n |
|
the sequential number of the last selected frame, NAN if undefined |
|
|
|
@item TB |
|
timebase of the input timestamps |
|
|
|
@item pts |
|
the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame, |
|
expressed in @var{TB} units, NAN if undefined |
|
|
|
@item t |
|
the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame, |
|
expressed in seconds, NAN if undefined |
|
|
|
@item prev_pts |
|
the PTS of the previously filtered video frame, NAN if undefined |
|
|
|
@item prev_selected_pts |
|
the PTS of the last previously filtered video frame, NAN if undefined |
|
|
|
@item prev_selected_t |
|
the PTS of the last previously selected video frame, NAN if undefined |
|
|
|
@item start_pts |
|
the PTS of the first video frame in the video, NAN if undefined |
|
|
|
@item start_t |
|
the time of the first video frame in the video, NAN if undefined |
|
|
|
@item pict_type @emph{(video only)} |
|
the type of the filtered frame, can assume one of the following |
|
values: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item I |
|
@item P |
|
@item B |
|
@item S |
|
@item SI |
|
@item SP |
|
@item BI |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item interlace_type @emph{(video only)} |
|
the frame interlace type, can assume one of the following values: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item PROGRESSIVE |
|
the frame is progressive (not interlaced) |
|
@item TOPFIRST |
|
the frame is top-field-first |
|
@item BOTTOMFIRST |
|
the frame is bottom-field-first |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@item consumed_sample_n @emph{(audio only)} |
|
the number of selected samples before the current frame |
|
|
|
@item samples_n @emph{(audio only)} |
|
the number of samples in the current frame |
|
|
|
@item sample_rate @emph{(audio only)} |
|
the input sample rate |
|
|
|
@item key |
|
1 if the filtered frame is a key-frame, 0 otherwise |
|
|
|
@item pos |
|
the position in the file of the filtered frame, -1 if the information |
|
is not available (e.g. for synthetic video) |
|
|
|
@item scene @emph{(video only)} |
|
value between 0 and 1 to indicate a new scene; a low value reflects a low |
|
probability for the current frame to introduce a new scene, while a higher |
|
value means the current frame is more likely to be one (see the example below) |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The default value of the select expression is "1". |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Select all frames in input: |
|
@example |
|
select |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The example above is the same as: |
|
@example |
|
select=1 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Skip all frames: |
|
@example |
|
select=0 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Select only I-frames: |
|
@example |
|
select='eq(pict_type\,I)' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Select one frame every 100: |
|
@example |
|
select='not(mod(n\,100))' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Select only frames contained in the 10-20 time interval: |
|
@example |
|
select=between(t\,10\,20) |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Select only I frames contained in the 10-20 time interval: |
|
@example |
|
select=between(t\,10\,20)*eq(pict_type\,I) |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Select frames with a minimum distance of 10 seconds: |
|
@example |
|
select='isnan(prev_selected_t)+gte(t-prev_selected_t\,10)' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Use aselect to select only audio frames with samples number > 100: |
|
@example |
|
aselect='gt(samples_n\,100)' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Create a mosaic of the first scenes: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i video.avi -vf select='gt(scene\,0.4)',scale=160:120,tile -frames:v 1 preview.png |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
Comparing @var{scene} against a value between 0.3 and 0.5 is generally a sane |
|
choice. |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Send even and odd frames to separate outputs, and compose them: |
|
@example |
|
select=n=2:e='mod(n, 2)+1' [odd][even]; [odd] pad=h=2*ih [tmp]; [tmp][even] overlay=y=h |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section sendcmd, asendcmd |
|
|
|
Send commands to filters in the filtergraph. |
|
|
|
These filters read commands to be sent to other filters in the |
|
filtergraph. |
|
|
|
@code{sendcmd} must be inserted between two video filters, |
|
@code{asendcmd} must be inserted between two audio filters, but apart |
|
from that they act the same way. |
|
|
|
The specification of commands can be provided in the filter arguments |
|
with the @var{commands} option, or in a file specified by the |
|
@var{filename} option. |
|
|
|
These filters accept the following options: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item commands, c |
|
Set the commands to be read and sent to the other filters. |
|
@item filename, f |
|
Set the filename of the commands to be read and sent to the other |
|
filters. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Commands syntax |
|
|
|
A commands description consists of a sequence of interval |
|
specifications, comprising a list of commands to be executed when a |
|
particular event related to that interval occurs. The occurring event |
|
is typically the current frame time entering or leaving a given time |
|
interval. |
|
|
|
An interval is specified by the following syntax: |
|
@example |
|
@var{START}[-@var{END}] @var{COMMANDS}; |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
The time interval is specified by the @var{START} and @var{END} times. |
|
@var{END} is optional and defaults to the maximum time. |
|
|
|
The current frame time is considered within the specified interval if |
|
it is included in the interval [@var{START}, @var{END}), that is when |
|
the time is greater or equal to @var{START} and is lesser than |
|
@var{END}. |
|
|
|
@var{COMMANDS} consists of a sequence of one or more command |
|
specifications, separated by ",", relating to that interval. The |
|
syntax of a command specification is given by: |
|
@example |
|
[@var{FLAGS}] @var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} @var{ARG} |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@var{FLAGS} is optional and specifies the type of events relating to |
|
the time interval which enable sending the specified command, and must |
|
be a non-null sequence of identifier flags separated by "+" or "|" and |
|
enclosed between "[" and "]". |
|
|
|
The following flags are recognized: |
|
@table @option |
|
@item enter |
|
The command is sent when the current frame timestamp enters the |
|
specified interval. In other words, the command is sent when the |
|
previous frame timestamp was not in the given interval, and the |
|
current is. |
|
|
|
@item leave |
|
The command is sent when the current frame timestamp leaves the |
|
specified interval. In other words, the command is sent when the |
|
previous frame timestamp was in the given interval, and the |
|
current is not. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
If @var{FLAGS} is not specified, a default value of @code{[enter]} is |
|
assumed. |
|
|
|
@var{TARGET} specifies the target of the command, usually the name of |
|
the filter class or a specific filter instance name. |
|
|
|
@var{COMMAND} specifies the name of the command for the target filter. |
|
|
|
@var{ARG} is optional and specifies the optional list of argument for |
|
the given @var{COMMAND}. |
|
|
|
Between one interval specification and another, whitespaces, or |
|
sequences of characters starting with @code{#} until the end of line, |
|
are ignored and can be used to annotate comments. |
|
|
|
A simplified BNF description of the commands specification syntax |
|
follows: |
|
@example |
|
@var{COMMAND_FLAG} ::= "enter" | "leave" |
|
@var{COMMAND_FLAGS} ::= @var{COMMAND_FLAG} [(+|"|")@var{COMMAND_FLAG}] |
|
@var{COMMAND} ::= ["[" @var{COMMAND_FLAGS} "]"] @var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} [@var{ARG}] |
|
@var{COMMANDS} ::= @var{COMMAND} [,@var{COMMANDS}] |
|
@var{INTERVAL} ::= @var{START}[-@var{END}] @var{COMMANDS} |
|
@var{INTERVALS} ::= @var{INTERVAL}[;@var{INTERVALS}] |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Specify audio tempo change at second 4: |
|
@example |
|
asendcmd=c='4.0 atempo tempo 1.5',atempo |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Specify a list of drawtext and hue commands in a file. |
|
@example |
|
# show text in the interval 5-10 |
|
5.0-10.0 [enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=hello world', |
|
[leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='; |
|
|
|
# desaturate the image in the interval 15-20 |
|
15.0-20.0 [enter] hue s 0, |
|
[enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=nocolor', |
|
[leave] hue s 1, |
|
[leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=color'; |
|
|
|
# apply an exponential saturation fade-out effect, starting from time 25 |
|
25 [enter] hue s exp(25-t) |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
A filtergraph allowing to read and process the above command list |
|
stored in a file @file{test.cmd}, can be specified with: |
|
@example |
|
sendcmd=f=test.cmd,drawtext=fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='',hue |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@anchor{setpts} |
|
@section setpts, asetpts |
|
|
|
Change the PTS (presentation timestamp) of the input frames. |
|
|
|
@code{setpts} works on video frames, @code{asetpts} on audio frames. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item expr |
|
The expression which is evaluated for each frame to construct its timestamp. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can contain the following |
|
constants: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item FRAME_RATE |
|
frame rate, only defined for constant frame-rate video |
|
|
|
@item PTS |
|
the presentation timestamp in input |
|
|
|
@item N |
|
the count of the input frame for video or the number of consumed samples, |
|
not including the current frame for audio, starting from 0. |
|
|
|
@item NB_CONSUMED_SAMPLES |
|
the number of consumed samples, not including the current frame (only |
|
audio) |
|
|
|
@item NB_SAMPLES, S |
|
the number of samples in the current frame (only audio) |
|
|
|
@item SAMPLE_RATE, SR |
|
audio sample rate |
|
|
|
@item STARTPTS |
|
the PTS of the first frame |
|
|
|
@item STARTT |
|
the time in seconds of the first frame |
|
|
|
@item INTERLACED |
|
tell if the current frame is interlaced |
|
|
|
@item T |
|
the time in seconds of the current frame |
|
|
|
@item POS |
|
original position in the file of the frame, or undefined if undefined |
|
for the current frame |
|
|
|
@item PREV_INPTS |
|
previous input PTS |
|
|
|
@item PREV_INT |
|
previous input time in seconds |
|
|
|
@item PREV_OUTPTS |
|
previous output PTS |
|
|
|
@item PREV_OUTT |
|
previous output time in seconds |
|
|
|
@item RTCTIME |
|
wallclock (RTC) time in microseconds. This is deprecated, use time(0) |
|
instead. |
|
|
|
@item RTCSTART |
|
wallclock (RTC) time at the start of the movie in microseconds |
|
|
|
@item TB |
|
timebase of the input timestamps |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Start counting PTS from zero |
|
@example |
|
setpts=PTS-STARTPTS |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply fast motion effect: |
|
@example |
|
setpts=0.5*PTS |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply slow motion effect: |
|
@example |
|
setpts=2.0*PTS |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Set fixed rate of 25 frames per second: |
|
@example |
|
setpts=N/(25*TB) |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Set fixed rate 25 fps with some jitter: |
|
@example |
|
setpts='1/(25*TB) * (N + 0.05 * sin(N*2*PI/25))' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Apply an offset of 10 seconds to the input PTS: |
|
@example |
|
setpts=PTS+10/TB |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate timestamps from a "live source" and rebase onto the current timebase: |
|
@example |
|
setpts='(RTCTIME - RTCSTART) / (TB * 1000000)' |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Generate timestamps by counting samples: |
|
@example |
|
asetpts=N/SR/TB |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section settb, asettb |
|
|
|
Set the timebase to use for the output frames timestamps. |
|
It is mainly useful for testing timebase configuration. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
|
|
@item expr, tb |
|
The expression which is evaluated into the output timebase. |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The value for @option{tb} is an arithmetic expression representing a |
|
rational. The expression can contain the constants "AVTB" (the default |
|
timebase), "intb" (the input timebase) and "sr" (the sample rate, |
|
audio only). Default value is "intb". |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Set the timebase to 1/25: |
|
@example |
|
settb=expr=1/25 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Set the timebase to 1/10: |
|
@example |
|
settb=expr=0.1 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Set the timebase to 1001/1000: |
|
@example |
|
settb=1+0.001 |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Set the timebase to 2*intb: |
|
@example |
|
settb=2*intb |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Set the default timebase value: |
|
@example |
|
settb=AVTB |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section showspectrum |
|
|
|
Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio frequency |
|
spectrum. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item size, s |
|
Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check |
|
the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is |
|
@code{640x512}. |
|
|
|
@item slide |
|
Specify if the spectrum should slide along the window. Default value is |
|
@code{0}. |
|
|
|
@item mode |
|
Specify display mode. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item combined |
|
all channels are displayed in the same row |
|
@item separate |
|
all channels are displayed in separate rows |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{combined}. |
|
|
|
@item color |
|
Specify display color mode. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item channel |
|
each channel is displayed in a separate color |
|
@item intensity |
|
each channel is is displayed using the same color scheme |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{channel}. |
|
|
|
@item scale |
|
Specify scale used for calculating intensity color values. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item lin |
|
linear |
|
@item sqrt |
|
square root, default |
|
@item cbrt |
|
cubic root |
|
@item log |
|
logarithmic |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{sqrt}. |
|
|
|
@item saturation |
|
Set saturation modifier for displayed colors. Negative values provide |
|
alternative color scheme. @code{0} is no saturation at all. |
|
Saturation must be in [-10.0, 10.0] range. |
|
Default value is @code{1}. |
|
|
|
@item win_func |
|
Set window function. |
|
|
|
It accepts the following values: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item none |
|
No samples pre-processing (do not expect this to be faster) |
|
@item hann |
|
Hann window |
|
@item hamming |
|
Hamming window |
|
@item blackman |
|
Blackman window |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @code{hann}. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
The usage is very similar to the showwaves filter; see the examples in that |
|
section. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Large window with logarithmic color scaling: |
|
@example |
|
showspectrum=s=1280x480:scale=log |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Complete example for a colored and sliding spectrum per channel using @command{ffplay}: |
|
@example |
|
ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1]; |
|
[a] showspectrum=mode=separate:color=intensity:slide=1:scale=cbrt [out0]' |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section showwaves |
|
|
|
Convert input audio to a video output, representing the samples waves. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item size, s |
|
Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check |
|
the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value |
|
is "600x240". |
|
|
|
@item mode |
|
Set display mode. |
|
|
|
Available values are: |
|
@table @samp |
|
@item point |
|
Draw a point for each sample. |
|
|
|
@item line |
|
Draw a vertical line for each sample. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
Default value is @code{point}. |
|
|
|
@item n |
|
Set the number of samples which are printed on the same column. A |
|
larger value will decrease the frame rate. Must be a positive |
|
integer. This option can be set only if the value for @var{rate} |
|
is not explicitly specified. |
|
|
|
@item rate, r |
|
Set the (approximate) output frame rate. This is done by setting the |
|
option @var{n}. Default value is "25". |
|
|
|
@end table |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Output the input file audio and the corresponding video representation |
|
at the same time: |
|
@example |
|
amovie=a.mp3,asplit[out0],showwaves[out1] |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Create a synthetic signal and show it with showwaves, forcing a |
|
frame rate of 30 frames per second: |
|
@example |
|
aevalsrc=sin(1*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t):cos(2*PI*200*t),asplit[out0],showwaves=r=30[out1] |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section split, asplit |
|
|
|
Split input into several identical outputs. |
|
|
|
@code{asplit} works with audio input, @code{split} with video. |
|
|
|
The filter accepts a single parameter which specifies the number of outputs. If |
|
unspecified, it defaults to 2. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Create two separate outputs from the same input: |
|
@example |
|
[in] split [out0][out1] |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
To create 3 or more outputs, you need to specify the number of |
|
outputs, like in: |
|
@example |
|
[in] asplit=3 [out0][out1][out2] |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Create two separate outputs from the same input, one cropped and |
|
one padded: |
|
@example |
|
[in] split [splitout1][splitout2]; |
|
[splitout1] crop=100:100:0:0 [cropout]; |
|
[splitout2] pad=200:200:100:100 [padout]; |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Create 5 copies of the input audio with @command{ffmpeg}: |
|
@example |
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -filter_complex asplit=5 OUTPUT |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@section zmq, azmq |
|
|
|
Receive commands sent through a libzmq client, and forward them to |
|
filters in the filtergraph. |
|
|
|
@code{zmq} and @code{azmq} work as a pass-through filters. @code{zmq} |
|
must be inserted between two video filters, @code{azmq} between two |
|
audio filters. |
|
|
|
To enable these filters you need to install the libzmq library and |
|
headers and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-libzmq}. |
|
|
|
For more information about libzmq see: |
|
@url{http://www.zeromq.org/} |
|
|
|
The @code{zmq} and @code{azmq} filters work as a libzmq server, which |
|
receives messages sent through a network interface defined by the |
|
@option{bind_address} option. |
|
|
|
The received message must be in the form: |
|
@example |
|
@var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} [@var{ARG}] |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@var{TARGET} specifies the target of the command, usually the name of |
|
the filter class or a specific filter instance name. |
|
|
|
@var{COMMAND} specifies the name of the command for the target filter. |
|
|
|
@var{ARG} is optional and specifies the optional argument list for the |
|
given @var{COMMAND}. |
|
|
|
Upon reception, the message is processed and the corresponding command |
|
is injected into the filtergraph. Depending on the result, the filter |
|
will send a reply to the client, adopting the format: |
|
@example |
|
@var{ERROR_CODE} @var{ERROR_REASON} |
|
@var{MESSAGE} |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@var{MESSAGE} is optional. |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
Look at @file{tools/zmqsend} for an example of a zmq client which can |
|
be used to send commands processed by these filters. |
|
|
|
Consider the following filtergraph generated by @command{ffplay} |
|
@example |
|
ffplay -dumpgraph 1 -f lavfi " |
|
color=s=100x100:c=red [l]; |
|
color=s=100x100:c=blue [r]; |
|
nullsrc=s=200x100, zmq [bg]; |
|
[bg][l] overlay [bg+l]; |
|
[bg+l][r] overlay=x=100 " |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
To change the color of the left side of the video, the following |
|
command can be used: |
|
@example |
|
echo Parsed_color_0 c yellow | tools/zmqsend |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
To change the right side: |
|
@example |
|
echo Parsed_color_1 c pink | tools/zmqsend |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@c man end MULTIMEDIA FILTERS |
|
|
|
@chapter Multimedia Sources |
|
@c man begin MULTIMEDIA SOURCES |
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available multimedia sources. |
|
|
|
@section amovie |
|
|
|
This is the same as @ref{movie} source, except it selects an audio |
|
stream by default. |
|
|
|
@anchor{movie} |
|
@section movie |
|
|
|
Read audio and/or video stream(s) from a movie container. |
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options: |
|
|
|
@table @option |
|
@item filename |
|
The name of the resource to read (not necessarily a file but also a device or a |
|
stream accessed through some protocol). |
|
|
|
@item format_name, f |
|
Specifies the format assumed for the movie to read, and can be either |
|
the name of a container or an input device. If not specified the |
|
format is guessed from @var{movie_name} or by probing. |
|
|
|
@item seek_point, sp |
|
Specifies the seek point in seconds, the frames will be output |
|
starting from this seek point, the parameter is evaluated with |
|
@code{av_strtod} so the numerical value may be suffixed by an IS |
|
postfix. Default value is "0". |
|
|
|
@item streams, s |
|
Specifies the streams to read. Several streams can be specified, |
|
separated by "+". The source will then have as many outputs, in the |
|
same order. The syntax is explained in the ``Stream specifiers'' |
|
section in the ffmpeg manual. Two special names, "dv" and "da" specify |
|
respectively the default (best suited) video and audio stream. Default |
|
is "dv", or "da" if the filter is called as "amovie". |
|
|
|
@item stream_index, si |
|
Specifies the index of the video stream to read. If the value is -1, |
|
the best suited video stream will be automatically selected. Default |
|
value is "-1". Deprecated. If the filter is called "amovie", it will select |
|
audio instead of video. |
|
|
|
@item loop |
|
Specifies how many times to read the stream in sequence. |
|
If the value is less than 1, the stream will be read again and again. |
|
Default value is "1". |
|
|
|
Note that when the movie is looped the source timestamps are not |
|
changed, so it will generate non monotonically increasing timestamps. |
|
@end table |
|
|
|
This filter allows to overlay a second video on top of main input of |
|
a filtergraph as shown in this graph: |
|
@example |
|
input -----------> deltapts0 --> overlay --> output |
|
^ |
|
| |
|
movie --> scale--> deltapts1 -------+ |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@subsection Examples |
|
|
|
@itemize |
|
@item |
|
Skip 3.2 seconds from the start of the avi file in.avi, and overlay it |
|
on top of the input labelled as "in": |
|
@example |
|
movie=in.avi:seek_point=3.2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over]; |
|
[in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main]; |
|
[main][over] overlay=16:16 [out] |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Read from a video4linux2 device, and overlay it on top of the input |
|
labelled as "in": |
|
@example |
|
movie=/dev/video0:f=video4linux2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over]; |
|
[in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main]; |
|
[main][over] overlay=16:16 [out] |
|
@end example |
|
|
|
@item |
|
Read the first video stream and the audio stream with id 0x81 from |
|
dvd.vob; the video is connected to the pad named "video" and the audio is |
|
connected to the pad named "audio": |
|
@example |
|
movie=dvd.vob:s=v:0+#0x81 [video] [audio] |
|
@end example |
|
@end itemize |
|
|
|
@c man end MULTIMEDIA SOURCES
|
|
|